Bump CMake version to 0.6.2.

It was incorrectly left at 0.6.0 when 0.6.1 was released, so this needs to be done to make it consistent between the tagged version and the CMake version.

.clang-format

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ PenaltyReturnTypeOnItsOwnLine: 200
 PointerBindsToType: true
 SpacesBeforeTrailingComments: 2
 Cpp11BracedListStyle: true
-Standard:        Auto
+Standard:        Cpp11
 IndentWidth:     2
 TabWidth:        8
 UseTab:          Never

.codedocs

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# CodeDocs.xyz Configuration File
+
+# Optional project name, if left empty the GitHub repository name will be used.
+PROJECT_NAME =
+
+# One or more directories and files that contain example code to be included.
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# One or more directories and files to exclude from documentation generation.
+# Use relative paths with respect to the repository root directory.
+EXCLUDE = test/gtest-1.8.0/
+
+# One or more wildcard patterns to exclude files and directories from document
+# generation.
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# One or more symbols to exclude from document generation. Symbols can be
+# namespaces, classes, or functions.
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
+
+# Override the default parser (language) used for each file extension.
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# Set the wildcard patterns used to filter out the source-files.
+# If left blank the default is:
+# *.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl,
+# *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php,
+# *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py,
+# *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# Hide undocumented class members.
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS =
+
+# Hide undocumented classes.
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES =
+
+# Specify a markdown page whose contents should be used as the main page
+# (index.html). This will override a page marked as \mainpage. For example, a
+# README.md file usually serves as a useful main page.
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = README.md
+
+# Specify external repository to link documentation with.
+# This is similar to Doxygen's TAGFILES option, but will automatically link to
+# tags of other repositories already using CodeDocs. List each repository to
+# link with by giving its location in the form of owner/repository.
+# For example:
+#   TAGLINKS = doxygen/doxygen CodeDocs/osg
+# Note: these repositories must already be built on CodeDocs.
+TAGLINKS =

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+language: c++
+os:
+  - linux
+  - osx
+compiler:
+  - clang
+  - gcc
+before_install:
+  - |
+    if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" == "linux" ]]; then
+      sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test -y \
+      && sudo apt-get update -qq \
+      && if [ "$CXX" == "g++" ]; then
+        sudo apt-get install -qq g++-4.7 && export CXX="g++-4.7" CC="gcc-4.7"
+      fi
+    fi
+before_script:
+  - mkdir build
+  - cd build
+  - cmake ..
+script:
+  - make
+  - test/run-tests
+
+matrix:
+  exclude:
+  - os: linux
+    compiler: clang

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -12,6 +12,11 @@ endif()
 if(POLICY CMP0015)
 	cmake_policy(SET CMP0015 OLD)
 endif()
+# see https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/policy/CMP0042.html
+if(POLICY CMP0042)
+	# Enable MACOSX_RPATH by default.
+	cmake_policy(SET CMP0042 NEW)
+endif()
 
 include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag)
 
@@ -22,8 +27,8 @@ include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag)
 project(YAML_CPP)
 
 set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_MAJOR "0")
-set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_MINOR "5")
-set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_PATCH "3")
+set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_MINOR "6")
+set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_PATCH "2")
 set(YAML_CPP_VERSION "${YAML_CPP_VERSION_MAJOR}.${YAML_CPP_VERSION_MINOR}.${YAML_CPP_VERSION_PATCH}")
 
 enable_testing()
@@ -33,7 +38,8 @@ enable_testing()
 ### Project options
 ###
 ## Project stuff
-option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS "Enable testing and parse tools" ON)
+option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TESTS "Enable testing" ON)
+option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS "Enable parse tools" ON)
 option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_CONTRIB "Enable contrib stuff in library" ON)
 
 ## Build options
@@ -113,8 +119,6 @@ endif()
 include_directories(${YAML_CPP_SOURCE_DIR}/src)
 include_directories(${YAML_CPP_SOURCE_DIR}/include)
 
-find_package(Boost REQUIRED)
-include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
 
 ###
@@ -149,9 +153,11 @@ if(WIN32)
 	endif()
 endif()
 
-# GCC or Clang specialities
-if("${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "GNU" OR
-   "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "Clang")
+# GCC or Clang or Intel Compiler specialities
+if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "GNU" OR
+   CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Clang" OR
+   CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Intel")
+
 	### General stuff
 	if(WIN32)
 		set(CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_PREFIX "")	# DLLs do not have a "lib" prefix
@@ -171,13 +177,17 @@ if("${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "GNU" OR
 	#
 	set(GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS "")
 	#
+	if(BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
+		set(GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS "${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} -fPIC")
+	endif()
+	#
 	set(FLAG_TESTED "-Wextra")
 	check_cxx_compiler_flag(${FLAG_TESTED} FLAG_WEXTRA)
 	if(FLAG_WEXTRA)
 		set(GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS "${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} ${FLAG_TESTED}")
 	endif()
 	#
-	set(yaml_cxx_flags "-Wall ${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} -pedantic -Wno-long-long ${yaml_cxx_flags}")
+	set(yaml_cxx_flags "-Wall ${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} -pedantic -Wno-long-long -std=c++11 ${yaml_cxx_flags}")
 
 	### Make specific
 	if(${CMAKE_BUILD_TOOL} MATCHES make OR ${CMAKE_BUILD_TOOL} MATCHES gmake)
@@ -215,13 +225,14 @@ if(MSVC)
 		endif()
 
 		# correct linker options
-		foreach(flag_var  yaml_c_flags  yaml_cxx_flags)
+		foreach(flag_var  CMAKE_C_FLAGS  CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS)
 			foreach(config_name  ""  DEBUG  RELEASE  MINSIZEREL  RELWITHDEBINFO)
 				set(var_name "${flag_var}")
 				if(NOT "${config_name}" STREQUAL "")
 					set(var_name "${var_name}_${config_name}")
 				endif()
 				string(REPLACE "/MD" "${LIB_RT_OPTION}" ${var_name} "${${var_name}}")
+				set(${var_name} "${${var_name}}" CACHE STRING "" FORCE)
 			endforeach()
 		endforeach()
 	endif()
@@ -248,21 +259,15 @@ endif()
 ###
 ### General install settings
 ###
-if(WIN32)
-	set(_library_dir bin)	# .dll are in PATH, like executables
-else()
-	set(_library_dir lib)
-endif()
-
 set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_ROOT_DIR include)
 
 set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_ROOT_DIR}/yaml-cpp)
-set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR "${_library_dir}${LIB_SUFFIX}")
+set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR "lib${LIB_SUFFIX}")
 
 set(_INSTALL_DESTINATIONS
 	RUNTIME DESTINATION bin
 	LIBRARY DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}
-	ARCHIVE DESTINATION "lib${LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	ARCHIVE DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}
 )
 
 
@@ -298,7 +303,7 @@ if(MSVC)
 	endif()
 endif()
 
-install(TARGETS yaml-cpp ${_INSTALL_DESTINATIONS})
+install(TARGETS yaml-cpp EXPORT yaml-cpp-targets ${_INSTALL_DESTINATIONS})
 install(
 	DIRECTORY ${header_directory}
 	DESTINATION ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}
@@ -314,9 +319,27 @@ set(EXPORT_TARGETS yaml-cpp CACHE INTERNAL "export targets")
 set(CONFIG_INCLUDE_DIRS "${YAML_CPP_SOURCE_DIR}/include")
 configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake.in
 	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake" @ONLY)
+
+if(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN)
+	set(INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR CMake)
+else()
+	set(INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/cmake/yaml-cpp)
+endif()
+
+file(RELATIVE_PATH REL_INCLUDE_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR}" "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${INCLUDE_INSTALL_ROOT_DIR}")
+set(CONFIG_INCLUDE_DIRS "\${YAML_CPP_CMAKE_DIR}/${REL_INCLUDE_DIR}")
+configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake.in
+	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake" @ONLY)
+
 configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config-version.cmake.in
 	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config-version.cmake" @ONLY)
 
+install(FILES
+	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake"
+	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config-version.cmake"
+	DESTINATION "${INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR}" COMPONENT dev)
+install(EXPORT yaml-cpp-targets DESTINATION ${INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR})
+
 if(UNIX)
 	set(PC_FILE ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp.pc)
 	configure_file("yaml-cpp.pc.cmake" ${PC_FILE} @ONLY)
@@ -327,8 +350,10 @@ endif()
 ###
 ### Extras
 ###
-if(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS)
+if(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TESTS)
 	add_subdirectory(test)
+endif()
+if(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS)
 	add_subdirectory(util)
 endif()
 

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -2,9 +2,18 @@
 
 This project is formatted with [clang-format][fmt] using the style file at the root of the repository. Please run clang-format before sending a pull request.
 
-In general, try to follow the style of surrounding code.
+In general, try to follow the style of surrounding code. We mostly follow the [Google C++ style guide][cpp-style].
+
+Commit messages should be in the imperative mood, as described in the [Git contributing file][git-contrib]:
+
+> Describe your changes in imperative mood, e.g. "make xyzzy do frotz"
+> instead of "[This patch] makes xyzzy do frotz" or "[I] changed xyzzy
+> to do frotz", as if you are giving orders to the codebase to change
+> its behaviour.
 
 [fmt]: http://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html
+[cpp-style]: https://google.github.io/styleguide/cppguide.html
+[git-contrib]: http://git.kernel.org/cgit/git/git.git/tree/Documentation/SubmittingPatches?id=HEAD
 
 # Tests
 

README.md

@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
-# yaml-cpp
+# yaml-cpp [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/jbeder/yaml-cpp.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/jbeder/yaml-cpp) [![Documentation](https://codedocs.xyz/jbeder/yaml-cpp.svg)](https://codedocs.xyz/jbeder/yaml-cpp/)
 
 yaml-cpp is a [YAML](http://www.yaml.org/) parser and emitter in C++ matching the [YAML 1.2 spec](http://www.yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html).
 
 To get a feel for how it can be used, see the [Tutorial](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/wiki/Tutorial) or [How to Emit YAML](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/wiki/How-To-Emit-YAML). For the old API (version < 0.5.0), see [How To Parse A Document](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/wiki/How-To-Parse-A-Document-(Old-API)).
 
-
 # Problems? #
 
-If you find a bug, post an [issue](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/issues)! If you have questions about how to use yaml-cpp, please post it on http://stackoverflow.com and tag it `yaml-cpp`.
+If you find a bug, post an [issue](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/issues)! If you have questions about how to use yaml-cpp, please post it on http://stackoverflow.com and tag it [`yaml-cpp`](http://stackoverflow.com/questions/tagged/yaml-cpp).
 
 # How to Build #
 
@@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ cmake [-G generator] [-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON|OFF] ..
 ```
 
   * The `generator` is whatever type of build system you'd like to use. To see a full list of generators on your platform, just run `cmake` (with no arguments). For example:
-    * On Windows, you might use "Visual Studio 12 2013" to generate a Visual Studio 2013 solution
+    * On Windows, you might use "Visual Studio 12 2013" to generate a Visual Studio 2013 solution or "Visual Studio 14 2015 Win64" to generate a 64-bit Visual Studio 2015 solution.
     * On OS X, you might use "Xcode" to generate an Xcode project
     * On a UNIX-y system, simply omit the option to generate a makefile
 
@@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ cmake [-G generator] [-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON|OFF] ..
 
 # Recent Release #
 
-[yaml-cpp 0.5.2](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/releases/tag/release-0.5.2) has been released! This is a bug fix release.
+[yaml-cpp 0.6.0](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/releases/tag/yaml-cpp-0.6.0) has been released! This release requires C++11, and no longer depends on Boost.
 
 [yaml-cpp 0.3.0](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/releases/tag/release-0.3.0) is still available if you want the old API.
 

include/yaml-cpp/contrib/anchordict.h

@@ -12,11 +12,13 @@
 #include "../anchor.h"
 
 namespace YAML {
-/// AnchorDict
-/// . An object that stores and retrieves values correlating to anchor_t
-///   values.
-/// . Efficient implementation that can make assumptions about how anchor_t
-///   values are assigned by the Parser class.
+/**
+ * An object that stores and retrieves values correlating to {@link anchor_t}
+ * values.
+ *
+ * <p>Efficient implementation that can make assumptions about how
+ * {@code anchor_t} values are assigned by the {@link Parser} class.
+ */
 template <class T>
 class AnchorDict {
  public:

include/yaml-cpp/contrib/graphbuilder.h

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ class Parser;
 //   functions.
 class GraphBuilderInterface {
  public:
+  virtual ~GraphBuilderInterface() = 0;
+
   // Create and return a new node with a null value.
   virtual void *NewNull(const Mark &mark, void *pParentNode) = 0;
 

include/yaml-cpp/dll.h

@@ -8,16 +8,12 @@
 #endif
 
 // The following ifdef block is the standard way of creating macros which make
-// exporting
-// from a DLL simpler. All files within this DLL are compiled with the
-// yaml_cpp_EXPORTS
-// symbol defined on the command line. this symbol should not be defined on any
-// project
-// that uses this DLL. This way any other project whose source files include
-// this file see
-// YAML_CPP_API functions as being imported from a DLL, whereas this DLL sees
-// symbols
-// defined with this macro as being exported.
+// exporting from a DLL simpler. All files within this DLL are compiled with the
+// yaml_cpp_EXPORTS symbol defined on the command line. This symbol should not
+// be defined on any project that uses this DLL. This way any other project
+// whose source files include this file see YAML_CPP_API functions as being
+// imported from a DLL, whereas this DLL sees symbols defined with this macro as
+// being exported.
 #undef YAML_CPP_API
 
 #ifdef YAML_CPP_DLL      // Using or Building YAML-CPP DLL (definition defined

include/yaml-cpp/emitter.h

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ class YAML_CPP_API Emitter : private noncopyable {
   bool CanEmitNewline() const;
 
  private:
-  std::auto_ptr<EmitterState> m_pState;
+  std::unique_ptr<EmitterState> m_pState;
   ostream_wrapper m_stream;
 };
 
@@ -162,12 +162,12 @@ inline Emitter& Emitter::WriteStreamable(T value) {
 
 template <>
 inline void Emitter::SetStreamablePrecision<float>(std::stringstream& stream) {
-  stream.precision(GetFloatPrecision());
+  stream.precision(static_cast<std::streamsize>(GetFloatPrecision()));
 }
 
 template <>
 inline void Emitter::SetStreamablePrecision<double>(std::stringstream& stream) {
-  stream.precision(GetDoublePrecision());
+  stream.precision(static_cast<std::streamsize>(GetDoublePrecision()));
 }
 
 // overloads of insertion

include/yaml-cpp/exceptions.h

@@ -9,9 +9,17 @@
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/mark.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/traits.h"
+#include <sstream>
 #include <stdexcept>
 #include <string>
-#include <sstream>
+
+// This is here for compatibility with older versions of Visual Studio
+// which don't support noexcept
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT _NOEXCEPT
+#else
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT noexcept
+#endif
 
 namespace YAML {
 // error messages
@@ -89,7 +97,7 @@ const char* const BAD_FILE = "bad file";
 
 template <typename T>
 inline const std::string KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(
-    const T&, typename disable_if<is_numeric<T> >::type* = 0) {
+    const T&, typename disable_if<is_numeric<T>>::type* = 0) {
   return KEY_NOT_FOUND;
 }
 
@@ -101,18 +109,20 @@ inline const std::string KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(const std::string& key) {
 
 template <typename T>
 inline const std::string KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(
-    const T& key, typename enable_if<is_numeric<T> >::type* = 0) {
+    const T& key, typename enable_if<is_numeric<T>>::type* = 0) {
   std::stringstream stream;
   stream << KEY_NOT_FOUND << ": " << key;
   return stream.str();
 }
 }
 
-class Exception : public std::runtime_error {
+class YAML_CPP_API Exception : public std::runtime_error {
  public:
   Exception(const Mark& mark_, const std::string& msg_)
       : std::runtime_error(build_what(mark_, msg_)), mark(mark_), msg(msg_) {}
-  virtual ~Exception() throw() {}
+  virtual ~Exception() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
+
+  Exception(const Exception&) = default;
 
   Mark mark;
   std::string msg;
@@ -131,39 +141,47 @@ class Exception : public std::runtime_error {
   }
 };
 
-class ParserException : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API ParserException : public Exception {
  public:
   ParserException(const Mark& mark_, const std::string& msg_)
       : Exception(mark_, msg_) {}
+  ParserException(const ParserException&) = default;
+  virtual ~ParserException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class RepresentationException : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API RepresentationException : public Exception {
  public:
   RepresentationException(const Mark& mark_, const std::string& msg_)
       : Exception(mark_, msg_) {}
+  RepresentationException(const RepresentationException&) = default;
+  virtual ~RepresentationException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
 // representation exceptions
-class InvalidScalar : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API InvalidScalar : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   InvalidScalar(const Mark& mark_)
       : RepresentationException(mark_, ErrorMsg::INVALID_SCALAR) {}
+  InvalidScalar(const InvalidScalar&) = default;
+  virtual ~InvalidScalar() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class KeyNotFound : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API KeyNotFound : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   template <typename T>
   KeyNotFound(const Mark& mark_, const T& key_)
       : RepresentationException(mark_, ErrorMsg::KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(key_)) {
   }
+  KeyNotFound(const KeyNotFound&) = default;
+  virtual ~KeyNotFound() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
 template <typename T>
-class TypedKeyNotFound : public KeyNotFound {
+class YAML_CPP_API TypedKeyNotFound : public KeyNotFound {
  public:
   TypedKeyNotFound(const Mark& mark_, const T& key_)
       : KeyNotFound(mark_, key_), key(key_) {}
-  virtual ~TypedKeyNotFound() throw() {}
+  virtual ~TypedKeyNotFound() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
 
   T key;
 };
@@ -174,16 +192,20 @@ inline TypedKeyNotFound<T> MakeTypedKeyNotFound(const Mark& mark,
   return TypedKeyNotFound<T>(mark, key);
 }
 
-class InvalidNode : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API InvalidNode : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   InvalidNode()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::INVALID_NODE) {}
+  InvalidNode(const InvalidNode&) = default;
+  virtual ~InvalidNode() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadConversion : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadConversion : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   explicit BadConversion(const Mark& mark_)
       : RepresentationException(mark_, ErrorMsg::BAD_CONVERSION) {}
+  BadConversion(const BadConversion&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadConversion() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
 template <typename T>
@@ -192,40 +214,54 @@ class TypedBadConversion : public BadConversion {
   explicit TypedBadConversion(const Mark& mark_) : BadConversion(mark_) {}
 };
 
-class BadDereference : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadDereference : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadDereference()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_DEREFERENCE) {}
+  BadDereference(const BadDereference&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadDereference() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadSubscript : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadSubscript : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadSubscript()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_SUBSCRIPT) {}
+  BadSubscript(const BadSubscript&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadSubscript() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadPushback : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadPushback : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadPushback()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_PUSHBACK) {}
+  BadPushback(const BadPushback&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadPushback() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadInsert : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadInsert : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadInsert()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_INSERT) {}
+  BadInsert(const BadInsert&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadInsert() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class EmitterException : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API EmitterException : public Exception {
  public:
   EmitterException(const std::string& msg_)
       : Exception(Mark::null_mark(), msg_) {}
+  EmitterException(const EmitterException&) = default;
+  virtual ~EmitterException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadFile : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadFile : public Exception {
  public:
   BadFile() : Exception(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_FILE) {}
+  BadFile(const BadFile&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadFile() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 }
 
+#undef YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT
+
 #endif  // EXCEPTIONS_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

include/yaml-cpp/node/convert.h

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 #pragma once
 #endif
 
+#include <array>
 #include <limits>
 #include <list>
 #include <map>
@@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ struct convert<bool> {
 
 // std::map
 template <typename K, typename V>
-struct convert<std::map<K, V> > {
+struct convert<std::map<K, V>> {
   static Node encode(const std::map<K, V>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Map);
     for (typename std::map<K, V>::const_iterator it = rhs.begin();
@@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ struct convert<std::map<K, V> > {
 
 // std::vector
 template <typename T>
-struct convert<std::vector<T> > {
+struct convert<std::vector<T>> {
   static Node encode(const std::vector<T>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
     for (typename std::vector<T>::const_iterator it = rhs.begin();
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ struct convert<std::vector<T> > {
 
 // std::list
 template <typename T>
-struct convert<std::list<T> > {
+struct convert<std::list<T>> {
   static Node encode(const std::list<T>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
     for (typename std::list<T>::const_iterator it = rhs.begin();
@@ -241,9 +242,42 @@ struct convert<std::list<T> > {
   }
 };
 
+// std::array
+template <typename T, std::size_t N>
+struct convert<std::array<T, N>> {
+  static Node encode(const std::array<T, N>& rhs) {
+    Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
+    for (const auto& element : rhs) {
+      node.push_back(element);
+    }
+    return node;
+  }
+
+  static bool decode(const Node& node, std::array<T, N>& rhs) {
+    if (!isNodeValid(node)) {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    for (auto i = 0u; i < node.size(); ++i) {
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 4
+      // workaround for GCC 3:
+      rhs[i] = node[i].template as<T>();
+#else
+      rhs[i] = node[i].as<T>();
+#endif
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+ private:
+  static bool isNodeValid(const Node& node) {
+    return node.IsSequence() && node.size() == N;
+  }
+};
+
 // std::pair
 template <typename T, typename U>
-struct convert<std::pair<T, U> > {
+struct convert<std::pair<T, U>> {
   static Node encode(const std::pair<T, U>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
     node.push_back(rhs.first);

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/impl.h

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_data.h"
-#include <boost/type_traits.hpp>
+#include <type_traits>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ struct get_idx {
 };
 
 template <typename Key>
-struct get_idx<
-    Key, typename boost::enable_if_c<boost::is_unsigned<Key>::value &&
-                                     !boost::is_same<Key, bool>::value>::type> {
+struct get_idx<Key,
+               typename std::enable_if<std::is_unsigned<Key>::value &&
+                                       !std::is_same<Key, bool>::value>::type> {
   static node* get(const std::vector<node*>& sequence, const Key& key,
                    shared_memory_holder /* pMemory */) {
     return key < sequence.size() ? sequence[key] : 0;
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ struct get_idx<
 
   static node* get(std::vector<node*>& sequence, const Key& key,
                    shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
-    if (key > sequence.size())
+   if (key > sequence.size() || (key > 0 && !sequence[key-1]->is_defined()))
       return 0;
     if (key == sequence.size())
       sequence.push_back(&pMemory->create_node());
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ struct get_idx<
 };
 
 template <typename Key>
-struct get_idx<Key, typename boost::enable_if<boost::is_signed<Key> >::type> {
+struct get_idx<Key, typename std::enable_if<std::is_signed<Key>::value>::type> {
   static node* get(const std::vector<node*>& sequence, const Key& key,
                    shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
     return key >= 0 ? get_idx<std::size_t>::get(
@@ -132,6 +132,14 @@ inline bool node_data::remove(const Key& key, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
   if (m_type != NodeType::Map)
     return false;
 
+  for (kv_pairs::iterator it = m_undefinedPairs.begin();
+       it != m_undefinedPairs.end();) {
+    kv_pairs::iterator jt = std::next(it);
+    if (it->first->equals(key, pMemory))
+      m_undefinedPairs.erase(it);
+    it = jt;
+  }
+
   for (node_map::iterator it = m_map.begin(); it != m_map.end(); ++it) {
     if (it->first->equals(key, pMemory)) {
       m_map.erase(it);

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/iterator.h

@@ -8,47 +8,71 @@
 #endif
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
+#include "yaml-cpp/node/node.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_iterator.h"
-#include <boost/iterator/iterator_adaptor.hpp>
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
 struct iterator_value;
 
 template <typename V>
-class iterator_base
-    : public boost::iterator_adaptor<iterator_base<V>, node_iterator, V,
-                                     std::forward_iterator_tag, V> {
+class iterator_base : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, V,
+                                           std::ptrdiff_t, V*, V> {
+
  private:
   template <typename>
   friend class iterator_base;
   struct enabler {};
-  typedef typename iterator_base::base_type base_type;
+  typedef node_iterator base_type;
+
+  struct proxy {
+    explicit proxy(const V& x) : m_ref(x) {}
+    V* operator->() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+    operator V*() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+
+    V m_ref;
+  };
 
  public:
   typedef typename iterator_base::value_type value_type;
 
  public:
-  iterator_base() {}
+  iterator_base() : m_iterator(), m_pMemory() {}
   explicit iterator_base(base_type rhs, shared_memory_holder pMemory)
-      : iterator_base::iterator_adaptor_(rhs), m_pMemory(pMemory) {}
+      : m_iterator(rhs), m_pMemory(pMemory) {}
 
   template <class W>
   iterator_base(const iterator_base<W>& rhs,
-                typename boost::enable_if<boost::is_convertible<W*, V*>,
-                                          enabler>::type = enabler())
-      : iterator_base::iterator_adaptor_(rhs.base()),
-        m_pMemory(rhs.m_pMemory) {}
+                typename std::enable_if<std::is_convertible<W*, V*>::value,
+                                        enabler>::type = enabler())
+      : m_iterator(rhs.m_iterator), m_pMemory(rhs.m_pMemory) {}
 
- private:
-  friend class boost::iterator_core_access;
+  iterator_base<V>& operator++() {
+    ++m_iterator;
+    return *this;
+  }
 
-  void increment() { this->base_reference() = boost::next(this->base()); }
+  iterator_base<V> operator++(int) {
+    iterator_base<V> iterator_pre(*this);
+    ++(*this);
+    return iterator_pre;
+  }
 
-  value_type dereference() const {
-    const typename base_type::value_type& v = *this->base();
+  template <typename W>
+  bool operator==(const iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+    return m_iterator == rhs.m_iterator;
+  }
+
+  template <typename W>
+  bool operator!=(const iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+    return m_iterator != rhs.m_iterator;
+  }
+
+  value_type operator*() const {
+    const typename base_type::value_type& v = *m_iterator;
     if (v.pNode)
       return value_type(Node(*v, m_pMemory));
     if (v.first && v.second)
@@ -56,7 +80,10 @@ class iterator_base
     return value_type();
   }
 
+  proxy operator->() const { return proxy(**this); }
+
  private:
+  base_type m_iterator;
   shared_memory_holder m_pMemory;
 };
 }

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/iterator_fwd.h

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 #include <vector>
 
 namespace YAML {
-class node;
 
 namespace detail {
 struct iterator_value;

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node.h

@@ -13,13 +13,14 @@
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_ref.h"
 #include <set>
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
-class node : private boost::noncopyable {
+class node {
  public:
   node() : m_pRef(new node_ref) {}
+  node(const node&) = delete;
+  node& operator=(const node&) = delete;
 
   bool is(const node& rhs) const { return m_pRef == rhs.m_pRef; }
   const node_ref* ref() const { return m_pRef.get(); }
@@ -65,9 +66,7 @@ class node : private boost::noncopyable {
     m_pRef->set_data(*rhs.m_pRef);
   }
 
-  void set_mark(const Mark& mark) {
-    m_pRef->set_mark(mark);
-  }
+  void set_mark(const Mark& mark) { m_pRef->set_mark(mark); }
 
   void set_type(NodeType::value type) {
     if (type != NodeType::Undefined)
@@ -107,9 +106,9 @@ class node : private boost::noncopyable {
   node_iterator end() { return m_pRef->end(); }
 
   // sequence
-  void push_back(node& node, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
-    m_pRef->push_back(node, pMemory);
-    node.add_dependency(*this);
+  void push_back(node& input, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
+    m_pRef->push_back(input, pMemory);
+    input.add_dependency(*this);
   }
   void insert(node& key, node& value, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
     m_pRef->insert(key, value, pMemory);

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_data.h

@@ -7,8 +7,6 @@
 #pragma once
 #endif
 
-#include <boost/noncopyable.hpp>
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
 #include <list>
 #include <map>
 #include <string>
@@ -29,9 +27,11 @@ class node;
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
-class YAML_CPP_API node_data : private boost::noncopyable {
+class YAML_CPP_API node_data {
  public:
   node_data();
+  node_data(const node_data&) = delete;
+  node_data& operator=(const node_data&) = delete;
 
   void mark_defined();
   void set_mark(const Mark& mark);
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ class YAML_CPP_API node_data : private boost::noncopyable {
   mutable std::size_t m_seqSize;
 
   // map
-  typedef std::map<node*, node*> node_map;
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<node*, node*>> node_map;
   node_map m_map;
 
   typedef std::pair<node*, node*> kv_pair;

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_iterator.h

@@ -9,8 +9,9 @@
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
-#include <boost/iterator/iterator_facade.hpp>
-#include <boost/utility/enable_if.hpp>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <memory>
 #include <map>
 #include <utility>
 #include <vector>
@@ -18,7 +19,7 @@
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
 struct iterator_type {
-  enum value { None, Sequence, Map };
+  enum value { NoneType, Sequence, Map };
 };
 
 template <typename V>
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ struct node_iterator_value : public std::pair<V*, V*> {
 };
 
 typedef std::vector<node*> node_seq;
-typedef std::map<node*, node*> node_map;
+typedef std::vector<std::pair<node*, node*>> node_map;
 
 template <typename V>
 struct node_iterator_type {
@@ -52,19 +53,27 @@ struct node_iterator_type<const V> {
 
 template <typename V>
 class node_iterator_base
-    : public boost::iterator_facade<
-          node_iterator_base<V>, node_iterator_value<V>,
-          std::forward_iterator_tag, node_iterator_value<V> > {
+    : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, node_iterator_value<V>,
+                           std::ptrdiff_t, node_iterator_value<V>*,
+                           node_iterator_value<V>> {
  private:
   struct enabler {};
 
+  struct proxy {
+    explicit proxy(const node_iterator_value<V>& x) : m_ref(x) {}
+    node_iterator_value<V>* operator->() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+    operator node_iterator_value<V>*() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+
+    node_iterator_value<V> m_ref;
+  };
+
  public:
   typedef typename node_iterator_type<V>::seq SeqIter;
   typedef typename node_iterator_type<V>::map MapIter;
   typedef node_iterator_value<V> value_type;
 
   node_iterator_base()
-      : m_type(iterator_type::None), m_seqIt(), m_mapIt(), m_mapEnd() {}
+      : m_type(iterator_type::NoneType), m_seqIt(), m_mapIt(), m_mapEnd() {}
   explicit node_iterator_base(SeqIter seqIt)
       : m_type(iterator_type::Sequence),
         m_seqIt(seqIt),
@@ -80,25 +89,23 @@ class node_iterator_base
 
   template <typename W>
   node_iterator_base(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs,
-                     typename boost::enable_if<boost::is_convertible<W*, V*>,
-                                               enabler>::type = enabler())
+                     typename std::enable_if<std::is_convertible<W*, V*>::value,
+                                             enabler>::type = enabler())
       : m_type(rhs.m_type),
         m_seqIt(rhs.m_seqIt),
         m_mapIt(rhs.m_mapIt),
         m_mapEnd(rhs.m_mapEnd) {}
 
- private:
-  friend class boost::iterator_core_access;
   template <typename>
   friend class node_iterator_base;
 
   template <typename W>
-  bool equal(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+  bool operator==(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
     if (m_type != rhs.m_type)
       return false;
 
     switch (m_type) {
-      case iterator_type::None:
+      case iterator_type::NoneType:
         return true;
       case iterator_type::Sequence:
         return m_seqIt == rhs.m_seqIt;
@@ -108,9 +115,14 @@ class node_iterator_base
     return true;
   }
 
-  void increment() {
+  template <typename W>
+  bool operator!=(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+    return !(*this == rhs);
+  }
+
+  node_iterator_base<V>& operator++() {
     switch (m_type) {
-      case iterator_type::None:
+      case iterator_type::NoneType:
         break;
       case iterator_type::Sequence:
         ++m_seqIt;
@@ -120,11 +132,18 @@ class node_iterator_base
         m_mapIt = increment_until_defined(m_mapIt);
         break;
     }
+    return *this;
   }
 
-  value_type dereference() const {
+  node_iterator_base<V> operator++(int) {
+    node_iterator_base<V> iterator_pre(*this);
+    ++(*this);
+    return iterator_pre;
+  }
+
+  value_type operator*() const {
     switch (m_type) {
-      case iterator_type::None:
+      case iterator_type::NoneType:
         return value_type();
       case iterator_type::Sequence:
         return value_type(**m_seqIt);
@@ -134,6 +153,8 @@ class node_iterator_base
     return value_type();
   }
 
+  proxy operator->() const { return proxy(**this); }
+
   MapIter increment_until_defined(MapIter it) {
     while (it != m_mapEnd && !is_defined(it))
       ++it;

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_ref.h

@@ -11,13 +11,14 @@
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/type.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_data.h"
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
-class node_ref : private boost::noncopyable {
+class node_ref {
  public:
   node_ref() : m_pData(new node_data) {}
+  node_ref(const node_ref&) = delete;
+  node_ref& operator=(const node_ref&) = delete;
 
   bool is_defined() const { return m_pData->is_defined(); }
   const Mark& mark() const { return m_pData->mark(); }

include/yaml-cpp/node/emit.h

@@ -16,10 +16,17 @@ namespace YAML {
 class Emitter;
 class Node;
 
+/**
+ * Emits the node to the given {@link Emitter}. If there is an error in writing,
+ * {@link Emitter#good} will return false.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Emitter& operator<<(Emitter& out, const Node& node);
+
+/** Emits the node to the given output stream. */
 YAML_CPP_API std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& out, const Node& node);
 
+/** Converts the node to a YAML string. */
 YAML_CPP_API std::string Dump(const Node& node);
-}
+}  // namespace YAML
 
 #endif  // NODE_EMIT_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

include/yaml-cpp/node/impl.h

@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ struct as_if<std::string, S> {
   explicit as_if(const Node& node_) : node(node_) {}
   const Node& node;
 
-  const std::string operator()(const S& fallback) const {
+  std::string operator()(const S& fallback) const {
     if (node.Type() != NodeType::Scalar)
       return fallback;
     return node.Scalar();
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ struct as_if<T, void> {
   explicit as_if(const Node& node_) : node(node_) {}
   const Node& node;
 
-  const T operator()() const {
+  T operator()() const {
     if (!node.m_pNode)
       throw TypedBadConversion<T>(node.Mark());
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ struct as_if<std::string, void> {
   explicit as_if(const Node& node_) : node(node_) {}
   const Node& node;
 
-  const std::string operator()() const {
+  std::string operator()() const {
     if (node.Type() != NodeType::Scalar)
       throw TypedBadConversion<std::string>(node.Mark());
     return node.Scalar();

include/yaml-cpp/node/node.h

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ class YAML_CPP_API Node {
   bool IsMap() const { return Type() == NodeType::Map; }
 
   // bool conversions
-  YAML_CPP_OPERATOR_BOOL();
+  YAML_CPP_OPERATOR_BOOL()
   bool operator!() const { return !IsDefined(); }
 
   // access

include/yaml-cpp/node/parse.h

@@ -16,15 +16,63 @@
 namespace YAML {
 class Node;
 
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node Load(const std::string& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node Load(const char* input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input stream as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node Load(std::istream& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input file as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ * @throws {@link BadFile} if the file cannot be loaded.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node LoadFile(const std::string& filename);
 
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAll(const std::string& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAll(const char* input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input stream as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAll(std::istream& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input file as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ * @throws {@link BadFile} if the file cannot be loaded.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAllFromFile(const std::string& filename);
-}
+}  // namespace YAML
 
 #endif  // VALUE_PARSE_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

include/yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
-#include <boost/shared_ptr.hpp>
+#include <memory>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ class node_data;
 class memory;
 class memory_holder;
 
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<node> shared_node;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<node_ref> shared_node_ref;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<node_data> shared_node_data;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<memory_holder> shared_memory_holder;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<memory> shared_memory;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<node> shared_node;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<node_ref> shared_node_ref;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<node_data> shared_node_data;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<memory_holder> shared_memory_holder;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<memory> shared_memory;
 }
 }
 

include/yaml-cpp/null.h

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
+#include <string>
 
 namespace YAML {
 class Node;
@@ -17,6 +18,7 @@ inline bool operator==(const _Null&, const _Null&) { return true; }
 inline bool operator!=(const _Null&, const _Null&) { return false; }
 
 YAML_CPP_API bool IsNull(const Node& node);  // old API only
+YAML_CPP_API bool IsNullString(const std::string& str);
 
 extern YAML_CPP_API _Null Null;
 }

include/yaml-cpp/parser.h

@@ -20,28 +20,66 @@ class Scanner;
 struct Directives;
 struct Token;
 
+/**
+ * A parser turns a stream of bytes into one stream of "events" per YAML
+ * document in the input stream.
+ */
 class YAML_CPP_API Parser : private noncopyable {
  public:
+  /** Constructs an empty parser (with no input. */
   Parser();
-  Parser(std::istream& in);
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a parser from the given input stream. The input stream must
+   * live as long as the parser.
+   */
+  explicit Parser(std::istream& in);
+
   ~Parser();
 
-  operator bool() const;
+  /** Evaluates to true if the parser has some valid input to be read. */
+  explicit operator bool() const;
 
+  /**
+   * Resets the parser with the given input stream. Any existing state is
+   * erased.
+   */
   void Load(std::istream& in);
+
+  /**
+   * Handles the next document by calling events on the {@code eventHandler}.
+   *
+   * @throw a ParserException on error.
+   * @return false if there are no more documents
+   */
   bool HandleNextDocument(EventHandler& eventHandler);
 
   void PrintTokens(std::ostream& out);
 
  private:
+  /**
+   * Reads any directives that are next in the queue, setting the internal
+   * {@code m_pDirectives} state.
+   */
   void ParseDirectives();
+
   void HandleDirective(const Token& token);
+
+  /**
+   * Handles a "YAML" directive, which should be of the form 'major.minor' (like
+   * a version number).
+   */
   void HandleYamlDirective(const Token& token);
+
+  /**
+   * Handles a "TAG" directive, which should be of the form 'handle prefix',
+   * where 'handle' is converted to 'prefix' in the file.
+   */
   void HandleTagDirective(const Token& token);
 
  private:
-  std::auto_ptr<Scanner> m_pScanner;
-  std::auto_ptr<Directives> m_pDirectives;
+  std::unique_ptr<Scanner> m_pScanner;
+  std::unique_ptr<Directives> m_pDirectives;
 };
 }
 

src/emit.cpp

@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ std::string Dump(const Node& node) {
   emitter << node;
   return emitter.c_str();
 }
-}
+}  // namespace YAML

src/emitfromevents.cpp

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void EmitFromEvents::BeginNode() {
 }
 
 void EmitFromEvents::EmitProps(const std::string& tag, anchor_t anchor) {
-  if (!tag.empty() && tag != "?")
+  if (!tag.empty() && tag != "?" && tag != "!")
     m_emitter << VerbatimTag(tag);
   if (anchor)
     m_emitter << Anchor(ToString(anchor));

src/emitterstate.cpp

@@ -53,28 +53,31 @@ void EmitterState::SetNonContent() { m_hasNonContent = true; }
 
 void EmitterState::SetLongKey() {
   assert(!m_groups.empty());
-  if (m_groups.empty())
+  if (m_groups.empty()) {
     return;
+  }
 
-  assert(m_groups.top().type == GroupType::Map);
-  m_groups.top().longKey = true;
+  assert(m_groups.back()->type == GroupType::Map);
+  m_groups.back()->longKey = true;
 }
 
 void EmitterState::ForceFlow() {
   assert(!m_groups.empty());
-  if (m_groups.empty())
+  if (m_groups.empty()) {
     return;
+  }
 
-  m_groups.top().flowType = FlowType::Flow;
+  m_groups.back()->flowType = FlowType::Flow;
 }
 
 void EmitterState::StartedNode() {
   if (m_groups.empty()) {
     m_docCount++;
   } else {
-    m_groups.top().childCount++;
-    if (m_groups.top().childCount % 2 == 0)
-      m_groups.top().longKey = false;
+    m_groups.back()->childCount++;
+    if (m_groups.back()->childCount % 2 == 0) {
+      m_groups.back()->longKey = false;
+    }
   }
 
   m_hasAnchor = false;
@@ -121,41 +124,50 @@ void EmitterState::StartedScalar() {
 void EmitterState::StartedGroup(GroupType::value type) {
   StartedNode();
 
-  const int lastGroupIndent = (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.top().indent);
+  const std::size_t lastGroupIndent =
+      (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.back()->indent);
   m_curIndent += lastGroupIndent;
 
-  std::auto_ptr<Group> pGroup(new Group(type));
+  // TODO: Create move constructors for settings types to simplify transfer
+  std::unique_ptr<Group> pGroup(new Group(type));
 
   // transfer settings (which last until this group is done)
-  pGroup->modifiedSettings = m_modifiedSettings;
+  //
+  // NB: if pGroup->modifiedSettings == m_modifiedSettings,
+  // m_modifiedSettings is not changed!
+  pGroup->modifiedSettings = std::move(m_modifiedSettings);
 
   // set up group
-  if (GetFlowType(type) == Block)
+  if (GetFlowType(type) == Block) {
     pGroup->flowType = FlowType::Block;
-  else
+  } else {
     pGroup->flowType = FlowType::Flow;
+  }
   pGroup->indent = GetIndent();
 
-  m_groups.push(pGroup);
+  m_groups.push_back(std::move(pGroup));
 }
 
 void EmitterState::EndedGroup(GroupType::value type) {
   if (m_groups.empty()) {
-    if (type == GroupType::Seq)
+    if (type == GroupType::Seq) {
       return SetError(ErrorMsg::UNEXPECTED_END_SEQ);
-    else
+    } else {
       return SetError(ErrorMsg::UNEXPECTED_END_MAP);
+    }
   }
 
   // get rid of the current group
   {
-    std::auto_ptr<Group> pFinishedGroup = m_groups.pop();
-    if (pFinishedGroup->type != type)
+    std::unique_ptr<Group> pFinishedGroup = std::move(m_groups.back());
+    m_groups.pop_back();
+    if (pFinishedGroup->type != type) {
       return SetError(ErrorMsg::UNMATCHED_GROUP_TAG);
+    }
   }
 
   // reset old settings
-  std::size_t lastIndent = (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.top().indent);
+  std::size_t lastIndent = (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.back()->indent);
   assert(m_curIndent >= lastIndent);
   m_curIndent -= lastIndent;
 
@@ -167,37 +179,39 @@ void EmitterState::EndedGroup(GroupType::value type) {
 }
 
 EmitterNodeType::value EmitterState::CurGroupNodeType() const {
-  if (m_groups.empty())
+  if (m_groups.empty()) {
     return EmitterNodeType::NoType;
+  }
 
-  return m_groups.top().NodeType();
+  return m_groups.back()->NodeType();
 }
 
 GroupType::value EmitterState::CurGroupType() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? GroupType::NoType : m_groups.top().type;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? GroupType::NoType : m_groups.back()->type;
 }
 
 FlowType::value EmitterState::CurGroupFlowType() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? FlowType::NoType : m_groups.top().flowType;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? FlowType::NoType : m_groups.back()->flowType;
 }
 
-int EmitterState::CurGroupIndent() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.top().indent;
+std::size_t EmitterState::CurGroupIndent() const {
+  return m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.back()->indent;
 }
 
 std::size_t EmitterState::CurGroupChildCount() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? m_docCount : m_groups.top().childCount;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? m_docCount : m_groups.back()->childCount;
 }
 
 bool EmitterState::CurGroupLongKey() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? false : m_groups.top().longKey;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? false : m_groups.back()->longKey;
 }
 
-int EmitterState::LastIndent() const {
-  if (m_groups.size() <= 1)
+std::size_t EmitterState::LastIndent() const {
+  if (m_groups.size() <= 1) {
     return 0;
+  }
 
-  return m_curIndent - m_groups.top(-1).indent;
+  return m_curIndent - m_groups[m_groups.size() - 2]->indent;
 }
 
 void EmitterState::ClearModifiedSettings() { m_modifiedSettings.clear(); }
@@ -334,15 +348,16 @@ bool EmitterState::SetMapKeyFormat(EMITTER_MANIP value, FmtScope::value scope) {
   }
 }
 
-bool EmitterState::SetFloatPrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope) {
-  if (value < 0 || value > std::numeric_limits<float>::digits10 + 1)
+bool EmitterState::SetFloatPrecision(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope) {
+  if (value > std::numeric_limits<float>::digits10 + 1)
     return false;
   _Set(m_floatPrecision, value, scope);
   return true;
 }
 
-bool EmitterState::SetDoublePrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope) {
-  if (value < 0 || value > std::numeric_limits<double>::digits10 + 1)
+bool EmitterState::SetDoublePrecision(std::size_t value,
+                                      FmtScope::value scope) {
+  if (value > std::numeric_limits<double>::digits10 + 1)
     return false;
   _Set(m_doublePrecision, value, scope);
   return true;

src/emitterstate.h

@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 #pragma once
 #endif
 
-#include "ptr_stack.h"
 #include "setting.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/emitterdef.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/emittermanip.h"
+
 #include <cassert>
-#include <vector>
-#include <stack>
 #include <memory>
+#include <stack>
 #include <stdexcept>
+#include <vector>
 
 namespace YAML {
 struct FmtScope {
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ class EmitterState {
 
   GroupType::value CurGroupType() const;
   FlowType::value CurGroupFlowType() const;
-  int CurGroupIndent() const;
+  std::size_t CurGroupIndent() const;
   std::size_t CurGroupChildCount() const;
   bool CurGroupLongKey() const;
 
-  int LastIndent() const;
-  int CurIndent() const { return m_curIndent; }
+  std::size_t LastIndent() const;
+  std::size_t CurIndent() const { return m_curIndent; }
   bool HasAnchor() const { return m_hasAnchor; }
   bool HasTag() const { return m_hasTag; }
   bool HasBegunNode() const {
@@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ class EmitterState {
   EMITTER_MANIP GetIntFormat() const { return m_intFmt.get(); }
 
   bool SetIndent(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
-  int GetIndent() const { return m_indent.get(); }
+  std::size_t GetIndent() const { return m_indent.get(); }
 
   bool SetPreCommentIndent(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
-  int GetPreCommentIndent() const { return m_preCommentIndent.get(); }
+  std::size_t GetPreCommentIndent() const { return m_preCommentIndent.get(); }
   bool SetPostCommentIndent(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
-  int GetPostCommentIndent() const { return m_postCommentIndent.get(); }
+  std::size_t GetPostCommentIndent() const { return m_postCommentIndent.get(); }
 
   bool SetFlowType(GroupType::value groupType, EMITTER_MANIP value,
                    FmtScope::value scope);
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ class EmitterState {
   bool SetMapKeyFormat(EMITTER_MANIP value, FmtScope::value scope);
   EMITTER_MANIP GetMapKeyFormat() const { return m_mapKeyFmt.get(); }
 
-  bool SetFloatPrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope);
+  bool SetFloatPrecision(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
   std::size_t GetFloatPrecision() const { return m_floatPrecision.get(); }
-  bool SetDoublePrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope);
+  bool SetDoublePrecision(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
   std::size_t GetDoublePrecision() const { return m_doublePrecision.get(); }
 
  private:
@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ class EmitterState {
   Setting<EMITTER_MANIP> m_seqFmt;
   Setting<EMITTER_MANIP> m_mapFmt;
   Setting<EMITTER_MANIP> m_mapKeyFmt;
-  Setting<int> m_floatPrecision;
-  Setting<int> m_doublePrecision;
+  Setting<std::size_t> m_floatPrecision;
+  Setting<std::size_t> m_doublePrecision;
 
   SettingChanges m_modifiedSettings;
   SettingChanges m_globalModifiedSettings;
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ class EmitterState {
 
     GroupType::value type;
     FlowType::value flowType;
-    int indent;
+    std::size_t indent;
     std::size_t childCount;
     bool longKey;
 
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ class EmitterState {
     }
   };
 
-  ptr_stack<Group> m_groups;
+  std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Group>> m_groups;
   std::size_t m_curIndent;
   bool m_hasAnchor;
   bool m_hasTag;

src/emitterutils.cpp

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 #include "stringsource.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/binary.h"  // IWYU pragma: keep
 #include "yaml-cpp/ostream_wrapper.h"
+#include "yaml-cpp/null.h"
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace Utils {
@@ -152,12 +153,8 @@ void WriteCodePoint(ostream_wrapper& out, int codePoint) {
 
 bool IsValidPlainScalar(const std::string& str, FlowType::value flowType,
                         bool allowOnlyAscii) {
-  if (str.empty()) {
-    return false;
-  }
-
   // check against null
-  if (str == "null") {
+  if (IsNullString(str)) {
     return false;
   }
 
@@ -357,7 +354,7 @@ bool WriteDoubleQuotedString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
 }
 
 bool WriteLiteralString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                        int indent) {
+                        std::size_t indent) {
   out << "|\n";
   out << IndentTo(indent);
   int codePoint;
@@ -383,6 +380,8 @@ bool WriteChar(ostream_wrapper& out, char ch) {
     out << "\"\\n\"";
   } else if (ch == '\b') {
     out << "\"\\b\"";
+  } else if (ch == '\\') {
+    out << "\"\\\\\"";
   } else if ((0x20 <= ch && ch <= 0x7e) || ch == ' ') {
     out << "\"" << ch << "\"";
   } else {
@@ -394,7 +393,7 @@ bool WriteChar(ostream_wrapper& out, char ch) {
 }
 
 bool WriteComment(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                  int postCommentIndent) {
+                  std::size_t postCommentIndent) {
   const std::size_t curIndent = out.col();
   out << "#" << Indentation(postCommentIndent);
   out.set_comment();

src/emitterutils.h

@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ bool WriteSingleQuotedString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str);
 bool WriteDoubleQuotedString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
                              bool escapeNonAscii);
 bool WriteLiteralString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                        int indent);
+                        std::size_t indent);
 bool WriteChar(ostream_wrapper& out, char ch);
 bool WriteComment(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                  int postCommentIndent);
+                  std::size_t postCommentIndent);
 bool WriteAlias(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str);
 bool WriteAnchor(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str);
 bool WriteTag(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str, bool verbatim);

src/exceptions.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#include "yaml-cpp/exceptions.h"
+
+// This is here for compatibility with older versions of Visual Studio
+// which don't support noexcept
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT _NOEXCEPT
+#else
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT noexcept
+#endif
+
+namespace YAML {
+
+// These destructors are defined out-of-line so the vtable is only emitted once.
+Exception::~Exception() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+ParserException::~ParserException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+RepresentationException::~RepresentationException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+InvalidScalar::~InvalidScalar() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+KeyNotFound::~KeyNotFound() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+InvalidNode::~InvalidNode() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadConversion::~BadConversion() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadDereference::~BadDereference() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadSubscript::~BadSubscript() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadPushback::~BadPushback() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadInsert::~BadInsert() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+EmitterException::~EmitterException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadFile::~BadFile() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+}
+
+#undef YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT
+
+

src/exp.h

@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@ namespace YAML {
 
 namespace Exp {
 // misc
+inline const RegEx& Empty() {
+  static const RegEx e;
+  return e;
+}
 inline const RegEx& Space() {
   static const RegEx e = RegEx(' ');
   return e;
@@ -131,7 +135,7 @@ inline const RegEx& URI() {
   return e;
 }
 inline const RegEx& Tag() {
-  static const RegEx e = Word() || RegEx("#;/?:@&=+$_.~*'", REGEX_OR) ||
+  static const RegEx e = Word() || RegEx("#;/?:@&=+$_.~*'()", REGEX_OR) ||
                          (RegEx('%') + Hex() + Hex());
   return e;
 }
@@ -165,6 +169,15 @@ inline const RegEx& EndScalarInFlow() {
   return e;
 }
 
+inline const RegEx& ScanScalarEndInFlow() {
+  static const RegEx e = (EndScalarInFlow() || (BlankOrBreak() + Comment()));
+  return e;
+}
+
+inline const RegEx& ScanScalarEnd() {
+  static const RegEx e = EndScalar() || (BlankOrBreak() + Comment());
+  return e;
+}
 inline const RegEx& EscSingleQuote() {
   static const RegEx e = RegEx("\'\'");
   return e;
@@ -187,7 +200,7 @@ inline const RegEx& Chomp() {
 
 // and some functions
 std::string Escape(Stream& in);
-}
+}  // namespace Exp
 
 namespace Keys {
 const char Directive = '%';
@@ -203,7 +216,7 @@ const char LiteralScalar = '|';
 const char FoldedScalar = '>';
 const char VerbatimTagStart = '<';
 const char VerbatimTagEnd = '>';
-}
-}
+}  // namespace Keys
+}  // namespace YAML
 
 #endif  // EXP_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

src/node_data.cpp

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 #include <assert.h>
-#include <boost/smart_ptr/shared_ptr.hpp>
+#include <iterator>
 #include <sstream>
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/exceptions.h"
@@ -28,9 +28,7 @@ void node_data::mark_defined() {
   m_isDefined = true;
 }
 
-void node_data::set_mark(const Mark& mark) {
-  m_mark = mark;
-}
+void node_data::set_mark(const Mark& mark) { m_mark = mark; }
 
 void node_data::set_type(NodeType::value type) {
   if (type == NodeType::Undefined) {
@@ -104,7 +102,7 @@ void node_data::compute_seq_size() const {
 void node_data::compute_map_size() const {
   kv_pairs::iterator it = m_undefinedPairs.begin();
   while (it != m_undefinedPairs.end()) {
-    kv_pairs::iterator jt = boost::next(it);
+    kv_pairs::iterator jt = std::next(it);
     if (it->first->is_defined() && it->second->is_defined())
       m_undefinedPairs.erase(it);
     it = jt;
@@ -258,9 +256,10 @@ void node_data::reset_map() {
 }
 
 void node_data::insert_map_pair(node& key, node& value) {
-  m_map[&key] = &value;
+  m_map.emplace_back(&key, &value);
+
   if (!key.is_defined() || !value.is_defined())
-    m_undefinedPairs.push_back(kv_pair(&key, &value));
+    m_undefinedPairs.emplace_back(&key, &value);
 }
 
 void node_data::convert_to_map(shared_memory_holder pMemory) {

src/nodebuilder.cpp

@@ -48,9 +48,8 @@ void NodeBuilder::OnScalar(const Mark& mark, const std::string& tag,
   Pop();
 }
 
-void NodeBuilder::OnSequenceStart(const Mark& mark,
-                                  const std::string& tag, anchor_t anchor,
-                                  EmitterStyle::value style) {
+void NodeBuilder::OnSequenceStart(const Mark& mark, const std::string& tag,
+                                  anchor_t anchor, EmitterStyle::value style) {
   detail::node& node = Push(mark, anchor);
   node.set_tag(tag);
   node.set_type(NodeType::Sequence);

src/null.cpp

@@ -2,4 +2,9 @@
 
 namespace YAML {
 _Null Null;
+
+bool IsNullString(const std::string& str) {
+  return str.empty() || str == "~" || str == "null" || str == "Null" ||
+         str == "NULL";
+}
 }

src/parse.cpp

@@ -22,16 +22,18 @@ Node Load(const char* input) {
 Node Load(std::istream& input) {
   Parser parser(input);
   NodeBuilder builder;
-  if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder))
+  if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder)) {
     return Node();
+  }
 
   return builder.Root();
 }
 
 Node LoadFile(const std::string& filename) {
   std::ifstream fin(filename.c_str());
-  if (!fin)
+  if (!fin) {
     throw BadFile();
+  }
   return Load(fin);
 }
 
@@ -51,8 +53,9 @@ std::vector<Node> LoadAll(std::istream& input) {
   Parser parser(input);
   while (1) {
     NodeBuilder builder;
-    if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder))
+    if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder)) {
       break;
+    }
     docs.push_back(builder.Root());
   }
 
@@ -61,8 +64,9 @@ std::vector<Node> LoadAll(std::istream& input) {
 
 std::vector<Node> LoadAllFromFile(const std::string& filename) {
   std::ifstream fin(filename.c_str());
-  if (!fin)
+  if (!fin) {
     throw BadFile();
+  }
   return LoadAll(fin);
 }
-}
+}  // namespace YAML

src/parser.cpp

@@ -26,40 +26,38 @@ void Parser::Load(std::istream& in) {
   m_pDirectives.reset(new Directives);
 }
 
-// HandleNextDocument
-// . Handles the next document
-// . Throws a ParserException on error.
-// . Returns false if there are no more documents
 bool Parser::HandleNextDocument(EventHandler& eventHandler) {
   if (!m_pScanner.get())
     return false;
 
   ParseDirectives();
-  if (m_pScanner->empty())
+  if (m_pScanner->empty()) {
     return false;
+  }
 
   SingleDocParser sdp(*m_pScanner, *m_pDirectives);
   sdp.HandleDocument(eventHandler);
   return true;
 }
 
-// ParseDirectives
-// . Reads any directives that are next in the queue.
 void Parser::ParseDirectives() {
   bool readDirective = false;
 
   while (1) {
-    if (m_pScanner->empty())
+    if (m_pScanner->empty()) {
       break;
+    }
 
     Token& token = m_pScanner->peek();
-    if (token.type != Token::DIRECTIVE)
+    if (token.type != Token::DIRECTIVE) {
       break;
+    }
 
     // we keep the directives from the last document if none are specified;
     // but if any directives are specific, then we reset them
-    if (!readDirective)
+    if (!readDirective) {
       m_pDirectives.reset(new Directives);
+    }
 
     readDirective = true;
     HandleDirective(token);
@@ -68,58 +66,61 @@ void Parser::ParseDirectives() {
 }
 
 void Parser::HandleDirective(const Token& token) {
-  if (token.value == "YAML")
+  if (token.value == "YAML") {
     HandleYamlDirective(token);
-  else if (token.value == "TAG")
+  } else if (token.value == "TAG") {
     HandleTagDirective(token);
+  }
 }
 
-// HandleYamlDirective
-// . Should be of the form 'major.minor' (like a version number)
 void Parser::HandleYamlDirective(const Token& token) {
-  if (token.params.size() != 1)
+  if (token.params.size() != 1) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::YAML_DIRECTIVE_ARGS);
+  }
 
-  if (!m_pDirectives->version.isDefault)
+  if (!m_pDirectives->version.isDefault) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::REPEATED_YAML_DIRECTIVE);
+  }
 
   std::stringstream str(token.params[0]);
   str >> m_pDirectives->version.major;
   str.get();
   str >> m_pDirectives->version.minor;
-  if (!str || str.peek() != EOF)
+  if (!str || str.peek() != EOF) {
     throw ParserException(
         token.mark, std::string(ErrorMsg::YAML_VERSION) + token.params[0]);
+  }
 
-  if (m_pDirectives->version.major > 1)
+  if (m_pDirectives->version.major > 1) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::YAML_MAJOR_VERSION);
+  }
 
   m_pDirectives->version.isDefault = false;
   // TODO: warning on major == 1, minor > 2?
 }
 
-// HandleTagDirective
-// . Should be of the form 'handle prefix', where 'handle' is converted to
-// 'prefix' in the file.
 void Parser::HandleTagDirective(const Token& token) {
   if (token.params.size() != 2)
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::TAG_DIRECTIVE_ARGS);
 
   const std::string& handle = token.params[0];
   const std::string& prefix = token.params[1];
-  if (m_pDirectives->tags.find(handle) != m_pDirectives->tags.end())
+  if (m_pDirectives->tags.find(handle) != m_pDirectives->tags.end()) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::REPEATED_TAG_DIRECTIVE);
+  }
 
   m_pDirectives->tags[handle] = prefix;
 }
 
 void Parser::PrintTokens(std::ostream& out) {
-  if (!m_pScanner.get())
+  if (!m_pScanner.get()) {
     return;
+  }
 
   while (1) {
-    if (m_pScanner->empty())
+    if (m_pScanner->empty()) {
       break;
+    }
 
     out << m_pScanner->peek() << "\n";
     m_pScanner->pop();

src/ptr_stack.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PTR_STACK_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66
-#define PTR_STACK_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) ||                                            \
-    (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) || \
-     (__GNUC__ >= 4))  // GCC supports "pragma once" correctly since 3.4
-#pragma once
-#endif
-
-#include <cstddef>
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <memory>
-#include <vector>
-
-#include "yaml-cpp/noncopyable.h"
-
-template <typename T>
-class ptr_stack : private YAML::noncopyable {
- public:
-  ptr_stack() {}
-  ~ptr_stack() { clear(); }
-
-  void clear() {
-    for (std::size_t i = 0; i < m_data.size(); i++)
-      delete m_data[i];
-    m_data.clear();
-  }
-
-  std::size_t size() const { return m_data.size(); }
-  bool empty() const { return m_data.empty(); }
-
-  void push(std::auto_ptr<T> t) {
-    m_data.push_back(NULL);
-    m_data.back() = t.release();
-  }
-  std::auto_ptr<T> pop() {
-    std::auto_ptr<T> t(m_data.back());
-    m_data.pop_back();
-    return t;
-  }
-  T& top() { return *m_data.back(); }
-  const T& top() const { return *m_data.back(); }
-
-  T& top(std::ptrdiff_t diff) { return **(m_data.end() - 1 + diff); }
-  const T& top(std::ptrdiff_t diff) const {
-    return **(m_data.end() - 1 + diff);
-  }
-
- private:
-  std::vector<T*> m_data;
-};
-
-#endif  // PTR_STACK_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

src/ptr_vector.h

@@ -16,33 +16,27 @@
 
 namespace YAML {
 
+// TODO: This class is no longer needed
 template <typename T>
 class ptr_vector : private YAML::noncopyable {
  public:
   ptr_vector() {}
-  ~ptr_vector() { clear(); }
 
-  void clear() {
-    for (std::size_t i = 0; i < m_data.size(); i++)
-      delete m_data[i];
-    m_data.clear();
-  }
+  void clear() { m_data.clear(); }
 
   std::size_t size() const { return m_data.size(); }
   bool empty() const { return m_data.empty(); }
 
-  void push_back(std::auto_ptr<T> t) {
-    m_data.push_back(NULL);
-    m_data.back() = t.release();
-  }
+  void push_back(std::unique_ptr<T>&& t) { m_data.push_back(std::move(t)); }
   T& operator[](std::size_t i) { return *m_data[i]; }
   const T& operator[](std::size_t i) const { return *m_data[i]; }
 
-  T& back() { return *m_data.back(); }
-  const T& back() const { return *m_data.back(); }
+  T& back() { return *(m_data.back().get()); }
+
+  const T& back() const { return *(m_data.back().get()); }
 
  private:
-  std::vector<T*> m_data;
+  std::vector<std::unique_ptr<T>> m_data;
 };
 }
 

src/regex_yaml.h

@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
 #include <string>
 #include <vector>
 
+#include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
+
 namespace YAML {
 class Stream;
 
@@ -26,7 +28,7 @@ enum REGEX_OP {
 // simplified regular expressions
 // . Only straightforward matches (no repeated characters)
 // . Only matches from start of string
-class RegEx {
+class YAML_CPP_API RegEx {
  public:
   RegEx();
   RegEx(char ch);
@@ -34,10 +36,10 @@ class RegEx {
   RegEx(const std::string& str, REGEX_OP op = REGEX_SEQ);
   ~RegEx() {}
 
-  friend RegEx operator!(const RegEx& ex);
-  friend RegEx operator||(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
-  friend RegEx operator&&(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
-  friend RegEx operator+(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator!(const RegEx& ex);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator||(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator&&(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator+(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
 
   bool Matches(char ch) const;
   bool Matches(const std::string& str) const;

src/scanner.cpp

@@ -16,23 +16,17 @@ Scanner::Scanner(std::istream& in)
 
 Scanner::~Scanner() {}
 
-// empty
-// . Returns true if there are no more tokens to be read
 bool Scanner::empty() {
   EnsureTokensInQueue();
   return m_tokens.empty();
 }
 
-// pop
-// . Simply removes the next token on the queue.
 void Scanner::pop() {
   EnsureTokensInQueue();
   if (!m_tokens.empty())
     m_tokens.pop();
 }
 
-// peek
-// . Returns (but does not remove) the next token on the queue.
 Token& Scanner::peek() {
   EnsureTokensInQueue();
   assert(!m_tokens.empty());  // should we be asserting here? I mean, we really
@@ -49,21 +43,17 @@ Token& Scanner::peek() {
   return m_tokens.front();
 }
 
-// mark
-// . Returns the current mark in the stream
 Mark Scanner::mark() const { return INPUT.mark(); }
 
-// EnsureTokensInQueue
-// . Scan until there's a valid token at the front of the queue,
-//   or we're sure the queue is empty.
 void Scanner::EnsureTokensInQueue() {
   while (1) {
     if (!m_tokens.empty()) {
       Token& token = m_tokens.front();
 
       // if this guy's valid, then we're done
-      if (token.status == Token::VALID)
+      if (token.status == Token::VALID) {
         return;
+      }
 
       // here's where we clean up the impossible tokens
       if (token.status == Token::INVALID) {
@@ -75,23 +65,23 @@ void Scanner::EnsureTokensInQueue() {
     }
 
     // no token? maybe we've actually finished
-    if (m_endedStream)
+    if (m_endedStream) {
       return;
+    }
 
     // no? then scan...
     ScanNextToken();
   }
 }
 
-// ScanNextToken
-// . The main scanning function; here we branch out and
-//   scan whatever the next token should be.
 void Scanner::ScanNextToken() {
-  if (m_endedStream)
+  if (m_endedStream) {
     return;
+  }
 
-  if (!m_startedStream)
+  if (!m_startedStream) {
     return StartStream();
+  }
 
   // get rid of whitespace, etc. (in between tokens it should be irrelevent)
   ScanToNextToken();
@@ -104,85 +94,102 @@ void Scanner::ScanNextToken() {
   // *****
 
   // end of stream
-  if (!INPUT)
+  if (!INPUT) {
     return EndStream();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && INPUT.peek() == Keys::Directive)
+  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && INPUT.peek() == Keys::Directive) {
     return ScanDirective();
+  }
 
   // document token
-  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocStart().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocStart().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanDocStart();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocEnd().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocEnd().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanDocEnd();
+  }
 
   // flow start/end/entry
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqStart || INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapStart)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqStart ||
+      INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapStart) {
     return ScanFlowStart();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqEnd || INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapEnd)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqEnd || INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapEnd) {
     return ScanFlowEnd();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowEntry)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowEntry) {
     return ScanFlowEntry();
+  }
 
   // block/map stuff
-  if (Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanBlockEntry();
+  }
 
-  if ((InBlockContext() ? Exp::Key() : Exp::KeyInFlow()).Matches(INPUT))
+  if ((InBlockContext() ? Exp::Key() : Exp::KeyInFlow()).Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanKey();
+  }
 
-  if (GetValueRegex().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (GetValueRegex().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanValue();
+  }
 
   // alias/anchor
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Alias || INPUT.peek() == Keys::Anchor)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Alias || INPUT.peek() == Keys::Anchor) {
     return ScanAnchorOrAlias();
+  }
 
   // tag
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Tag)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Tag) {
     return ScanTag();
+  }
 
   // special scalars
   if (InBlockContext() && (INPUT.peek() == Keys::LiteralScalar ||
-                           INPUT.peek() == Keys::FoldedScalar))
+                           INPUT.peek() == Keys::FoldedScalar)) {
     return ScanBlockScalar();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.peek() == '\'' || INPUT.peek() == '\"')
+  if (INPUT.peek() == '\'' || INPUT.peek() == '\"') {
     return ScanQuotedScalar();
+  }
 
   // plain scalars
   if ((InBlockContext() ? Exp::PlainScalar() : Exp::PlainScalarInFlow())
-          .Matches(INPUT))
+          .Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanPlainScalar();
+  }
 
   // don't know what it is!
   throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::UNKNOWN_TOKEN);
 }
 
-// ScanToNextToken
-// . Eats input until we reach the next token-like thing.
 void Scanner::ScanToNextToken() {
   while (1) {
     // first eat whitespace
     while (INPUT && IsWhitespaceToBeEaten(INPUT.peek())) {
-      if (InBlockContext() && Exp::Tab().Matches(INPUT))
+      if (InBlockContext() && Exp::Tab().Matches(INPUT)) {
         m_simpleKeyAllowed = false;
+      }
       INPUT.eat(1);
     }
 
     // then eat a comment
     if (Exp::Comment().Matches(INPUT)) {
       // eat until line break
-      while (INPUT && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT))
+      while (INPUT && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
         INPUT.eat(1);
+      }
     }
 
     // if it's NOT a line break, then we're done!
-    if (!Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT))
+    if (!Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
       break;
+    }
 
     // otherwise, let's eat the line break and keep going
     int n = Exp::Break().Match(INPUT);
@@ -192,8 +199,9 @@ void Scanner::ScanToNextToken() {
     InvalidateSimpleKey();
 
     // new line - we may be able to accept a simple key now
-    if (InBlockContext())
+    if (InBlockContext()) {
       m_simpleKeyAllowed = true;
+    }
   }
 }
 
@@ -210,40 +218,39 @@ void Scanner::ScanToNextToken() {
 //   that they can't contribute to indentation, so once you've seen a tab in a
 //   line, you can't start a simple key
 bool Scanner::IsWhitespaceToBeEaten(char ch) {
-  if (ch == ' ')
+  if (ch == ' ') {
     return true;
+  }
 
-  if (ch == '\t')
+  if (ch == '\t') {
     return true;
+  }
 
   return false;
 }
 
-// GetValueRegex
-// . Get the appropriate regex to check if it's a value token
 const RegEx& Scanner::GetValueRegex() const {
-  if (InBlockContext())
+  if (InBlockContext()) {
     return Exp::Value();
+  }
 
   return m_canBeJSONFlow ? Exp::ValueInJSONFlow() : Exp::ValueInFlow();
 }
 
-// StartStream
-// . Set the initial conditions for starting a stream.
 void Scanner::StartStream() {
   m_startedStream = true;
   m_simpleKeyAllowed = true;
-  std::auto_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(new IndentMarker(-1, IndentMarker::NONE));
-  m_indentRefs.push_back(pIndent);
+  std::unique_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(
+      new IndentMarker(-1, IndentMarker::NONE));
+  m_indentRefs.push_back(std::move(pIndent));
   m_indents.push(&m_indentRefs.back());
 }
 
-// EndStream
-// . Close out the stream, finish up, etc.
 void Scanner::EndStream() {
   // force newline
-  if (INPUT.column() > 0)
+  if (INPUT.column() > 0) {
     INPUT.ResetColumn();
+  }
 
   PopAllIndents();
   PopAllSimpleKeys();
@@ -271,84 +278,80 @@ Token::TYPE Scanner::GetStartTokenFor(IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type) const {
   throw std::runtime_error("yaml-cpp: internal error, invalid indent type");
 }
 
-// PushIndentTo
-// . Pushes an indentation onto the stack, and enqueues the
-//   proper token (sequence start or mapping start).
-// . Returns the indent marker it generates (if any).
 Scanner::IndentMarker* Scanner::PushIndentTo(int column,
                                              IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type) {
   // are we in flow?
-  if (InFlowContext())
+  if (InFlowContext()) {
     return 0;
+  }
 
-  std::auto_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(new IndentMarker(column, type));
+  std::unique_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(new IndentMarker(column, type));
   IndentMarker& indent = *pIndent;
   const IndentMarker& lastIndent = *m_indents.top();
 
   // is this actually an indentation?
-  if (indent.column < lastIndent.column)
+  if (indent.column < lastIndent.column) {
     return 0;
+  }
   if (indent.column == lastIndent.column &&
       !(indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ &&
-        lastIndent.type == IndentMarker::MAP))
+        lastIndent.type == IndentMarker::MAP)) {
     return 0;
+  }
 
   // push a start token
   indent.pStartToken = PushToken(GetStartTokenFor(type));
 
   // and then the indent
   m_indents.push(&indent);
-  m_indentRefs.push_back(pIndent);
+  m_indentRefs.push_back(std::move(pIndent));
   return &m_indentRefs.back();
 }
 
-// PopIndentToHere
-// . Pops indentations off the stack until we reach the current indentation
-// level,
-//   and enqueues the proper token each time.
-// . Then pops all invalid indentations off.
 void Scanner::PopIndentToHere() {
   // are we in flow?
-  if (InFlowContext())
+  if (InFlowContext()) {
     return;
+  }
 
   // now pop away
   while (!m_indents.empty()) {
     const IndentMarker& indent = *m_indents.top();
-    if (indent.column < INPUT.column())
+    if (indent.column < INPUT.column()) {
       break;
+    }
     if (indent.column == INPUT.column() &&
         !(indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ &&
-          !Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT)))
+          !Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT))) {
       break;
+    }
 
     PopIndent();
   }
 
-  while (!m_indents.empty() && m_indents.top()->status == IndentMarker::INVALID)
+  while (!m_indents.empty() &&
+         m_indents.top()->status == IndentMarker::INVALID) {
     PopIndent();
+  }
 }
 
-// PopAllIndents
-// . Pops all indentations (except for the base empty one) off the stack,
-//   and enqueues the proper token each time.
 void Scanner::PopAllIndents() {
   // are we in flow?
-  if (InFlowContext())
+  if (InFlowContext()) {
     return;
+  }
 
   // now pop away
   while (!m_indents.empty()) {
     const IndentMarker& indent = *m_indents.top();
-    if (indent.type == IndentMarker::NONE)
+    if (indent.type == IndentMarker::NONE) {
       break;
+    }
 
     PopIndent();
   }
 }
 
-// PopIndent
-// . Pops a single indent, pushing the proper token
 void Scanner::PopIndent() {
   const IndentMarker& indent = *m_indents.top();
   m_indents.pop();
@@ -358,23 +361,20 @@ void Scanner::PopIndent() {
     return;
   }
 
-  if (indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ)
+  if (indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ) {
     m_tokens.push(Token(Token::BLOCK_SEQ_END, INPUT.mark()));
-  else if (indent.type == IndentMarker::MAP)
+  } else if (indent.type == IndentMarker::MAP) {
     m_tokens.push(Token(Token::BLOCK_MAP_END, INPUT.mark()));
+  }
 }
 
-// GetTopIndent
 int Scanner::GetTopIndent() const {
-  if (m_indents.empty())
+  if (m_indents.empty()) {
     return 0;
+  }
   return m_indents.top()->column;
 }
 
-// ThrowParserException
-// . Throws a ParserException with the current token location
-//   (if available).
-// . Does not parse any more tokens.
 void Scanner::ThrowParserException(const std::string& msg) const {
   Mark mark = Mark::null_mark();
   if (!m_tokens.empty()) {
@@ -383,4 +383,4 @@ void Scanner::ThrowParserException(const std::string& msg) const {
   }
   throw ParserException(mark, msg);
 }
-}
+}  // namespace YAML

src/scanner.h

@@ -24,15 +24,24 @@ namespace YAML {
 class Node;
 class RegEx;
 
+/**
+ * A scanner transforms a stream of characters into a stream of tokens.
+ */
 class Scanner {
  public:
-  Scanner(std::istream &in);
+  explicit Scanner(std::istream &in);
   ~Scanner();
 
-  // token queue management (hopefully this looks kinda stl-ish)
+  /** Returns true if there are no more tokens to be read. */
   bool empty();
+
+  /** Removes the next token in the queue. */
   void pop();
+
+  /** Returns, but does not remove, the next token in the queue. */
   Token &peek();
+
+  /** Returns the current mark in the input stream. */
   Mark mark() const;
 
  private:
@@ -52,11 +61,29 @@ class Scanner {
 
  private:
   // scanning
+
+  /**
+   * Scans until there's a valid token at the front of the queue, or the queue
+   * is empty. The state can be checked by {@link #empty}, and the next token
+   * retrieved by {@link #peek}.
+   */
   void EnsureTokensInQueue();
+
+  /**
+   * The main scanning function; this method branches out to scan whatever the
+   * next token should be.
+   */
   void ScanNextToken();
+
+  /** Eats the input stream until it reaches the next token-like thing. */
   void ScanToNextToken();
+
+  /** Sets the initial conditions for starting a stream. */
   void StartStream();
+
+  /** Closes out the stream, finish up, etc. */
   void EndStream();
+
   Token *PushToken(Token::TYPE type);
 
   bool InFlowContext() const { return !m_flows.empty(); }
@@ -64,9 +91,29 @@ class Scanner {
   std::size_t GetFlowLevel() const { return m_flows.size(); }
 
   Token::TYPE GetStartTokenFor(IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Pushes an indentation onto the stack, and enqueues the proper token
+   * (sequence start or mapping start).
+   *
+   * @return the indent marker it generates (if any).
+   */
   IndentMarker *PushIndentTo(int column, IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type);
+
+  /**
+   * Pops indentations off the stack until it reaches the current indentation
+   * level, and enqueues the proper token each time. Then pops all invalid
+   * indentations off.
+   */
   void PopIndentToHere();
+
+  /**
+   * Pops all indentations (except for the base empty one) off the stack, and
+   * enqueues the proper token each time.
+   */
   void PopAllIndents();
+
+  /** Pops a single indent, pushing the proper token. */
   void PopIndent();
   int GetTopIndent() const;
 
@@ -78,9 +125,17 @@ class Scanner {
   bool VerifySimpleKey();
   void PopAllSimpleKeys();
 
+  /**
+   * Throws a ParserException with the current token location (if available),
+   * and does not parse any more tokens.
+   */
   void ThrowParserException(const std::string &msg) const;
 
   bool IsWhitespaceToBeEaten(char ch);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the appropriate regex to check if the next token is a value token.
+   */
   const RegEx &GetValueRegex() const;
 
   struct SimpleKey {

src/scanscalar.cpp

@@ -28,22 +28,28 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
   std::string scalar;
   params.leadingSpaces = false;
 
+  if (!params.end) {
+    params.end = &Exp::Empty();
+  }
+
   while (INPUT) {
     // ********************************
     // Phase #1: scan until line ending
 
     std::size_t lastNonWhitespaceChar = scalar.size();
     bool escapedNewline = false;
-    while (!params.end.Matches(INPUT) && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
-      if (!INPUT)
+    while (!params.end->Matches(INPUT) && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
+      if (!INPUT) {
         break;
+      }
 
       // document indicator?
       if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocIndicator().Matches(INPUT)) {
-        if (params.onDocIndicator == BREAK)
+        if (params.onDocIndicator == BREAK) {
           break;
-        else if (params.onDocIndicator == THROW)
+        } else if (params.onDocIndicator == THROW) {
           throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::DOC_IN_SCALAR);
+        }
       }
 
       foundNonEmptyLine = true;
@@ -70,27 +76,31 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
       // otherwise, just add the damn character
       char ch = INPUT.get();
       scalar += ch;
-      if (ch != ' ' && ch != '\t')
+      if (ch != ' ' && ch != '\t') {
         lastNonWhitespaceChar = scalar.size();
+      }
     }
 
     // eof? if we're looking to eat something, then we throw
     if (!INPUT) {
-      if (params.eatEnd)
+      if (params.eatEnd) {
         throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::EOF_IN_SCALAR);
+      }
       break;
     }
 
     // doc indicator?
     if (params.onDocIndicator == BREAK && INPUT.column() == 0 &&
-        Exp::DocIndicator().Matches(INPUT))
+        Exp::DocIndicator().Matches(INPUT)) {
       break;
+    }
 
     // are we done via character match?
-    int n = params.end.Match(INPUT);
+    int n = params.end->Match(INPUT);
     if (n >= 0) {
-      if (params.eatEnd)
+      if (params.eatEnd) {
         INPUT.eat(n);
+      }
       break;
     }
 
@@ -107,23 +117,33 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
     // Phase #3: scan initial spaces
 
     // first the required indentation
-    while (INPUT.peek() == ' ' && (INPUT.column() < params.indent ||
-                                   (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine)))
+    while (INPUT.peek() == ' ' &&
+           (INPUT.column() < params.indent ||
+            (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine)) &&
+           !params.end->Matches(INPUT)) {
       INPUT.eat(1);
+    }
 
     // update indent if we're auto-detecting
-    if (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine)
+    if (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine) {
       params.indent = std::max(params.indent, INPUT.column());
+    }
 
     // and then the rest of the whitespace
     while (Exp::Blank().Matches(INPUT)) {
       // we check for tabs that masquerade as indentation
       if (INPUT.peek() == '\t' && INPUT.column() < params.indent &&
-          params.onTabInIndentation == THROW)
+          params.onTabInIndentation == THROW) {
         throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::TAB_IN_INDENTATION);
+      }
 
-      if (!params.eatLeadingWhitespace)
+      if (!params.eatLeadingWhitespace) {
         break;
+      }
+
+      if (params.end->Matches(INPUT)) {
+        break;
+      }
 
       INPUT.eat(1);
     }
@@ -143,26 +163,29 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
           break;
         case FOLD_BLOCK:
           if (!emptyLine && !nextEmptyLine && !moreIndented &&
-              !nextMoreIndented && INPUT.column() >= params.indent)
+              !nextMoreIndented && INPUT.column() >= params.indent) {
             scalar += " ";
-          else if (nextEmptyLine)
+          } else if (nextEmptyLine) {
             foldedNewlineCount++;
-          else
+          } else {
             scalar += "\n";
+          }
 
           if (!nextEmptyLine && foldedNewlineCount > 0) {
             scalar += std::string(foldedNewlineCount - 1, '\n');
             if (foldedNewlineStartedMoreIndented ||
-                nextMoreIndented | !foundNonEmptyLine)
+                nextMoreIndented | !foundNonEmptyLine) {
               scalar += "\n";
+            }
             foldedNewlineCount = 0;
           }
           break;
         case FOLD_FLOW:
-          if (nextEmptyLine)
+          if (nextEmptyLine) {
             scalar += "\n";
-          else if (!emptyLine && !nextEmptyLine && !escapedNewline)
+          } else if (!emptyLine && !nextEmptyLine && !escapedNewline) {
             scalar += " ";
+          }
           break;
       }
     }
@@ -182,35 +205,41 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
   if (params.trimTrailingSpaces) {
     std::size_t pos = scalar.find_last_not_of(' ');
     if (lastEscapedChar != std::string::npos) {
-      if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos)
+      if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos) {
         pos = lastEscapedChar;
+      }
     }
-    if (pos < scalar.size())
+    if (pos < scalar.size()) {
       scalar.erase(pos + 1);
+    }
   }
 
   switch (params.chomp) {
     case CLIP: {
       std::size_t pos = scalar.find_last_not_of('\n');
       if (lastEscapedChar != std::string::npos) {
-        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos)
+        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos) {
           pos = lastEscapedChar;
+        }
       }
-      if (pos == std::string::npos)
+      if (pos == std::string::npos) {
         scalar.erase();
-      else if (pos + 1 < scalar.size())
+      } else if (pos + 1 < scalar.size()) {
         scalar.erase(pos + 2);
+      }
     } break;
     case STRIP: {
       std::size_t pos = scalar.find_last_not_of('\n');
       if (lastEscapedChar != std::string::npos) {
-        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos)
+        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos) {
           pos = lastEscapedChar;
+        }
       }
-      if (pos == std::string::npos)
+      if (pos == std::string::npos) {
         scalar.erase();
-      else if (pos < scalar.size())
+      } else if (pos < scalar.size()) {
         scalar.erase(pos + 1);
+      }
     } break;
     default:
       break;

src/scanscalar.h

@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ enum FOLD { DONT_FOLD, FOLD_BLOCK, FOLD_FLOW };
 
 struct ScanScalarParams {
   ScanScalarParams()
-      : eatEnd(false),
+      : end(nullptr),
+        eatEnd(false),
         indent(0),
         detectIndent(false),
         eatLeadingWhitespace(0),
@@ -32,7 +33,8 @@ struct ScanScalarParams {
         leadingSpaces(false) {}
 
   // input:
-  RegEx end;          // what condition ends this scalar?
+  const RegEx* end;   // what condition ends this scalar?
+                      // unowned.
   bool eatEnd;        // should we eat that condition when we see it?
   int indent;         // what level of indentation should be eaten and ignored?
   bool detectIndent;  // should we try to autodetect the indent?

src/scantoken.cpp

@@ -297,8 +297,8 @@ void Scanner::ScanPlainScalar() {
 
   // set up the scanning parameters
   ScanScalarParams params;
-  params.end = (InFlowContext() ? Exp::EndScalarInFlow() : Exp::EndScalar()) ||
-               (Exp::BlankOrBreak() + Exp::Comment());
+  params.end =
+      (InFlowContext() ? &Exp::ScanScalarEndInFlow() : &Exp::ScanScalarEnd());
   params.eatEnd = false;
   params.indent = (InFlowContext() ? 0 : GetTopIndent() + 1);
   params.fold = FOLD_FLOW;
@@ -338,7 +338,8 @@ void Scanner::ScanQuotedScalar() {
 
   // setup the scanning parameters
   ScanScalarParams params;
-  params.end = (single ? RegEx(quote) && !Exp::EscSingleQuote() : RegEx(quote));
+  RegEx end = (single ? RegEx(quote) && !Exp::EscSingleQuote() : RegEx(quote));
+  params.end = &end;
   params.eatEnd = true;
   params.escape = (single ? '\'' : '\\');
   params.indent = 0;

src/setting.h

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ class Setting {
   Setting() : m_value() {}
 
   const T get() const { return m_value; }
-  std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> set(const T& value);
+  std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> set(const T& value);
   void restore(const Setting<T>& oldSetting) { m_value = oldSetting.get(); }
 
  private:
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ class SettingChange : public SettingChangeBase {
 };
 
 template <typename T>
-inline std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> Setting<T>::set(const T& value) {
-  std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pChange(new SettingChange<T>(this));
+inline std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> Setting<T>::set(const T& value) {
+  std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pChange(new SettingChange<T>(this));
   m_value = value;
   return pChange;
 }
@@ -62,10 +62,6 @@ class SettingChanges : private noncopyable {
 
   void clear() {
     restore();
-
-    for (setting_changes::const_iterator it = m_settingChanges.begin();
-         it != m_settingChanges.end(); ++it)
-      delete *it;
     m_settingChanges.clear();
   }
 
@@ -75,23 +71,23 @@ class SettingChanges : private noncopyable {
       (*it)->pop();
   }
 
-  void push(std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pSettingChange) {
-    m_settingChanges.push_back(pSettingChange.release());
+  void push(std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pSettingChange) {
+    m_settingChanges.push_back(std::move(pSettingChange));
   }
 
-  // like std::auto_ptr - assignment is transfer of ownership
-  SettingChanges& operator=(SettingChanges& rhs) {
+  // like std::unique_ptr - assignment is transfer of ownership
+  SettingChanges& operator=(SettingChanges&& rhs) {
     if (this == &rhs)
       return *this;
 
     clear();
-    m_settingChanges = rhs.m_settingChanges;
-    rhs.m_settingChanges.clear();
+    std::swap(m_settingChanges, rhs.m_settingChanges);
+
     return *this;
   }
 
  private:
-  typedef std::vector<SettingChangeBase*> setting_changes;
+  typedef std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase>> setting_changes;
   setting_changes m_settingChanges;
 };
 }

src/singledocparser.cpp

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 #include "yaml-cpp/eventhandler.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/exceptions.h"  // IWYU pragma: keep
 #include "yaml-cpp/mark.h"
+#include "yaml-cpp/null.h"
 
 namespace YAML {
 SingleDocParser::SingleDocParser(Scanner& scanner, const Directives& directives)
@@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ void SingleDocParser::HandleNode(EventHandler& eventHandler) {
 
   const Token& token = m_scanner.peek();
 
-  if (token.type == Token::PLAIN_SCALAR && token.value == "null") {
+  if (token.type == Token::PLAIN_SCALAR && IsNullString(token.value)) {
     eventHandler.OnNull(mark, anchor);
     m_scanner.pop();
     return;

src/singledocparser.h

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class SingleDocParser : private noncopyable {
  private:
   Scanner& m_scanner;
   const Directives& m_directives;
-  std::auto_ptr<CollectionStack> m_pCollectionStack;
+  std::unique_ptr<CollectionStack> m_pCollectionStack;
 
   typedef std::map<std::string, anchor_t> Anchors;
   Anchors m_anchors;

test/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,16 +1,26 @@
 set(gtest_force_shared_crt ${MSVC_SHARED_RT} CACHE BOOL
   "Use shared (DLL) run-time lib even when Google Test built as a static lib.")
-add_subdirectory(gmock-1.7.0)
-include_directories(SYSTEM gmock-1.7.0/gtest/include)
-include_directories(SYSTEM gmock-1.7.0/include)
+add_subdirectory(gtest-1.8.0)
+include_directories(SYSTEM gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/include)
+include_directories(SYSTEM gtest-1.8.0/googletest/include)
 
 if(WIN32 AND BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
   add_definitions("-DGTEST_LINKED_AS_SHARED_LIBRARY")
 endif()
 
-if("${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "GNU" OR
-   "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "Clang")
-  set(yaml_test_flags "-Wno-c99-extensions -Wno-variadic-macros -Wno-sign-compare")
+if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "GNU" OR
+   CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Clang")
+  set(yaml_test_flags "-Wno-variadic-macros -Wno-sign-compare")
+
+  if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Clang")
+    set(yaml_test_flags "${yaml_test_flags} -Wno-c99-extensions")
+  endif()
+
+  if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+    set(yaml_test_flags "${yaml_test_flags} -std=gnu++11")
+  else()
+    set(yaml_test_flags "${yaml_test_flags} -std=c++11")
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 file(GLOB test_headers [a-z_]*.h)

test/gmock-1.7.0/README

@@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
-Google C++ Mocking Framework
-============================
-
-http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/
-
-Overview
---------
-
-Google's framework for writing and using C++ mock classes on a variety
-of platforms (Linux, Mac OS X, Windows, Windows CE, Symbian, etc).
-Inspired by jMock, EasyMock, and Hamcrest, and designed with C++'s
-specifics in mind, it can help you derive better designs of your
-system and write better tests.
-
-Google Mock:
-
-- provides a declarative syntax for defining mocks,
-- can easily define partial (hybrid) mocks, which are a cross of real
-  and mock objects,
-- handles functions of arbitrary types and overloaded functions,
-- comes with a rich set of matchers for validating function arguments,
-- uses an intuitive syntax for controlling the behavior of a mock,
-- does automatic verification of expectations (no record-and-replay
-  needed),
-- allows arbitrary (partial) ordering constraints on
-  function calls to be expressed,
-- lets a user extend it by defining new matchers and actions.
-- does not use exceptions, and
-- is easy to learn and use.
-
-Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
-mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
-also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
-join us!
-
-Please note that code under scripts/generator/ is from the cppclean
-project (http://code.google.com/p/cppclean/) and under the Apache
-License, which is different from Google Mock's license.
-
-Requirements for End Users
---------------------------
-
-Google Mock is implemented on top of the Google Test C++ testing
-framework (http://code.google.com/p/googletest/), and includes the
-latter as part of the SVN repositary and distribution package.  You
-must use the bundled version of Google Test when using Google Mock, or
-you may get compiler/linker errors.
-
-You can also easily configure Google Mock to work with another testing
-framework of your choice; although it will still need Google Test as
-an internal dependency.  Please read
-http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/ForDummies#Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework
-for how to do it.
-
-Google Mock depends on advanced C++ features and thus requires a more
-modern compiler.  The following are needed to use Google Mock:
-
-### Linux Requirements ###
-
-These are the base requirements to build and use Google Mock from a source
-package (as described below):
-
-  * GNU-compatible Make or "gmake"
-  * POSIX-standard shell
-  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
-  * C++98-standard-compliant compiler (e.g. GCC 3.4 or newer)
-
-### Windows Requirements ###
-
-  * Microsoft Visual C++ 8.0 SP1 or newer
-
-### Mac OS X Requirements ###
-
-  * Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger or newer
-  * Developer Tools Installed
-
-Requirements for Contributors
------------------------------
-
-We welcome patches.  If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
-build Google Mock and its own tests from an SVN checkout (described
-below), which has further requirements:
-
-  * Automake version 1.9 or newer
-  * Autoconf version 2.59 or newer
-  * Libtool / Libtoolize
-  * Python version 2.3 or newer (for running some of the tests and
-    re-generating certain source files from templates)
-
-Getting the Source
-------------------
-
-There are two primary ways of getting Google Mock's source code: you
-can download a stable source release in your preferred archive format,
-or directly check out the source from our Subversion (SVN) repositary.
-The SVN checkout requires a few extra steps and some extra software
-packages on your system, but lets you track development and make
-patches much more easily, so we highly encourage it.
-
-### Source Package ###
-
-Google Mock is released in versioned source packages which can be
-downloaded from the download page [1].  Several different archive
-formats are provided, but the only difference is the tools needed to
-extract their contents, and the size of the resulting file.  Download
-whichever you are most comfortable with.
-
-  [1] http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/downloads/list
-
-Once downloaded expand the archive using whichever tools you prefer
-for that type.  This will always result in a new directory with the
-name "gmock-X.Y.Z" which contains all of the source code.  Here are
-some examples on Linux:
-
-  tar -xvzf gmock-X.Y.Z.tar.gz
-  tar -xvjf gmock-X.Y.Z.tar.bz2
-  unzip gmock-X.Y.Z.zip
-
-### SVN Checkout ###
-
-To check out the main branch (also known as the "trunk") of Google
-Mock, run the following Subversion command:
-
-  svn checkout http://googlemock.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/ gmock-svn
-
-If you are using a *nix system and plan to use the GNU Autotools build
-system to build Google Mock (described below), you'll need to
-configure it now.  Otherwise you are done with getting the source
-files.
-
-To prepare the Autotools build system, enter the target directory of
-the checkout command you used ('gmock-svn') and proceed with the
-following command:
-
-  autoreconf -fvi
-
-Once you have completed this step, you are ready to build the library.
-Note that you should only need to complete this step once.  The
-subsequent 'make' invocations will automatically re-generate the bits
-of the build system that need to be changed.
-
-If your system uses older versions of the autotools, the above command
-will fail.  You may need to explicitly specify a version to use.  For
-instance, if you have both GNU Automake 1.4 and 1.9 installed and
-'automake' would invoke the 1.4, use instead:
-
-  AUTOMAKE=automake-1.9 ACLOCAL=aclocal-1.9 autoreconf -fvi
-
-Make sure you're using the same version of automake and aclocal.
-
-Setting up the Build
---------------------
-
-To build Google Mock and your tests that use it, you need to tell your
-build system where to find its headers and source files.  The exact
-way to do it depends on which build system you use, and is usually
-straightforward.
-
-### Generic Build Instructions ###
-
-This section shows how you can integrate Google Mock into your
-existing build system.
-
-Suppose you put Google Mock in directory ${GMOCK_DIR} and Google Test
-in ${GTEST_DIR} (the latter is ${GMOCK_DIR}/gtest by default).  To
-build Google Mock, create a library build target (or a project as
-called by Visual Studio and Xcode) to compile
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc and ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
-
-with
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK_DIR}/include
-
-in the system header search path, and
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR} and ${GMOCK_DIR}
-
-in the normal header search path.  Assuming a Linux-like system and gcc,
-something like the following will do:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
-      -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
-      -pthread -c ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
-      -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
-      -pthread -c ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
-  ar -rv libgmock.a gtest-all.o gmock-all.o
-
-(We need -pthread as Google Test and Google Mock use threads.)
-
-Next, you should compile your test source file with
-${GTEST_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK_DIR}/include in the header search
-path, and link it with gmock and any other necessary libraries:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include \
-      -pthread path/to/your_test.cc libgmock.a -o your_test
-
-As an example, the make/ directory contains a Makefile that you can
-use to build Google Mock on systems where GNU make is available
-(e.g. Linux, Mac OS X, and Cygwin).  It doesn't try to build Google
-Mock's own tests.  Instead, it just builds the Google Mock library and
-a sample test.  You can use it as a starting point for your own build
-script.
-
-If the default settings are correct for your environment, the
-following commands should succeed:
-
-  cd ${GMOCK_DIR}/make
-  make
-  ./gmock_test
-
-If you see errors, try to tweak the contents of make/Makefile to make
-them go away.  There are instructions in make/Makefile on how to do
-it.
-
-### Windows ###
-
-The msvc/2005 directory contains VC++ 2005 projects and the msvc/2010
-directory contains VC++ 2010 projects for building Google Mock and
-selected tests.
-
-Change to the appropriate directory and run "msbuild gmock.sln" to
-build the library and tests (or open the gmock.sln in the MSVC IDE).
-If you want to create your own project to use with Google Mock, you'll
-have to configure it to use the gmock_config propety sheet.  For that:
-
- * Open the Property Manager window (View | Other Windows | Property Manager)
- * Right-click on your project and select "Add Existing Property Sheet..."
- * Navigate to gmock_config.vsprops or gmock_config.props and select it.
- * In Project Properties | Configuration Properties | General | Additional
-   Include Directories, type <path to Google Mock>/include.
-
-Tweaking Google Mock
---------------------
-
-Google Mock can be used in diverse environments.  The default
-configuration may not work (or may not work well) out of the box in
-some environments.  However, you can easily tweak Google Mock by
-defining control macros on the compiler command line.  Generally,
-these macros are named like GTEST_XYZ and you define them to either 1
-or 0 to enable or disable a certain feature.
-
-We list the most frequently used macros below.  For a complete list,
-see file ${GTEST_DIR}/include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h.
-
-### Choosing a TR1 Tuple Library ###
-
-Google Mock uses the C++ Technical Report 1 (TR1) tuple library
-heavily.  Unfortunately TR1 tuple is not yet widely available with all
-compilers.  The good news is that Google Test 1.4.0+ implements a
-subset of TR1 tuple that's enough for Google Mock's need.  Google Mock
-will automatically use that implementation when the compiler doesn't
-provide TR1 tuple.
-
-Usually you don't need to care about which tuple library Google Test
-and Google Mock use.  However, if your project already uses TR1 tuple,
-you need to tell Google Test and Google Mock to use the same TR1 tuple
-library the rest of your project uses, or the two tuple
-implementations will clash.  To do that, add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=0
-
-to the compiler flags while compiling Google Test, Google Mock, and
-your tests.  If you want to force Google Test and Google Mock to use
-their own tuple library, just add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=1
-
-to the compiler flags instead.
-
-If you want to use Boost's TR1 tuple library with Google Mock, please
-refer to the Boost website (http://www.boost.org/) for how to obtain
-it and set it up.
-
-### As a Shared Library (DLL) ###
-
-Google Mock is compact, so most users can build and link it as a static
-library for the simplicity.  Google Mock can be used as a DLL, but the
-same DLL must contain Google Test as well.  See Google Test's README
-file for instructions on how to set up necessary compiler settings.
-
-### Tweaking Google Mock ###
-
-Most of Google Test's control macros apply to Google Mock as well.
-Please see file ${GTEST_DIR}/README for how to tweak them.
-
-Upgrading from an Earlier Version
----------------------------------
-
-We strive to keep Google Mock releases backward compatible.
-Sometimes, though, we have to make some breaking changes for the
-users' long-term benefits.  This section describes what you'll need to
-do if you are upgrading from an earlier version of Google Mock.
-
-### Upgrading from 1.1.0 or Earlier ###
-
-You may need to explicitly enable or disable Google Test's own TR1
-tuple library.  See the instructions in section "Choosing a TR1 Tuple
-Library".
-
-### Upgrading from 1.4.0 or Earlier ###
-
-On platforms where the pthread library is available, Google Test and
-Google Mock use it in order to be thread-safe.  For this to work, you
-may need to tweak your compiler and/or linker flags.  Please see the
-"Multi-threaded Tests" section in file ${GTEST_DIR}/README for what
-you may need to do.
-
-If you have custom matchers defined using MatcherInterface or
-MakePolymorphicMatcher(), you'll need to update their definitions to
-use the new matcher API [2].  Matchers defined using MATCHER() or
-MATCHER_P*() aren't affected.
-
-  [2] http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Monomorphic_Matchers,
-      http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Polymorphic_Matchers
-
-Developing Google Mock
-----------------------
-
-This section discusses how to make your own changes to Google Mock.
-
-### Testing Google Mock Itself ###
-
-To make sure your changes work as intended and don't break existing
-functionality, you'll want to compile and run Google Test's own tests.
-For that you'll need Autotools.  First, make sure you have followed
-the instructions in section "SVN Checkout" to configure Google Mock.
-Then, create a build output directory and enter it.  Next,
-
-  ${GMOCK_DIR}/configure  # Standard GNU configure script, --help for more info
-
-Once you have successfully configured Google Mock, the build steps are
-standard for GNU-style OSS packages.
-
-  make        # Standard makefile following GNU conventions
-  make check  # Builds and runs all tests - all should pass.
-
-Note that when building your project against Google Mock, you are building
-against Google Test as well.  There is no need to configure Google Test
-separately.
-
-### Regenerating Source Files ###
-
-Some of Google Mock's source files are generated from templates (not
-in the C++ sense) using a script.  A template file is named FOO.pump,
-where FOO is the name of the file it will generate.  For example, the
-file include/gmock/gmock-generated-actions.h.pump is used to generate
-gmock-generated-actions.h in the same directory.
-
-Normally you don't need to worry about regenerating the source files,
-unless you need to modify them.  In that case, you should modify the
-corresponding .pump files instead and run the 'pump' script (for Pump
-is Useful for Meta Programming) to regenerate them.  You can find
-pump.py in the ${GTEST_DIR}/scripts/ directory.  Read the Pump manual
-[3] for how to use it.
-
-  [3] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/wiki/PumpManual.
-
-### Contributing a Patch ###
-
-We welcome patches.  Please read the Google Mock developer's guide [4]
-for how you can contribute.  In particular, make sure you have signed
-the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
-patch.
-
-  [4] http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/DevGuide
-
-Happy testing!

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/config.h.in

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* build-aux/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */
-#undef HAVE_PTHREAD
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
-   */
-#undef LT_OBJDIR
-
-/* Name of package */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the home page for this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_URL
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
-   your system. */
-#undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Version number of package */
-#undef VERSION

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/depcomp

@@ -1,688 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2011-12-04.11; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010,
-# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
-if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
-   # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvisualcpp
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
-   # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvc7
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
-## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
-      | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> "$depfile"
-    echo >> "$depfile"
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-    sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-icc)
-  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
-  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
-  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  # which is wrong.  We want:
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  #    sub/foo.c:
-  #    sub/foo.h:
-  # ICC 7.1 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${
-	       s/^ *//
-	       s/ \\*$//
-	       s/$/:/
-	       p
-	     }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
-      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
-      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
-      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
-      #
-      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
-      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
-      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-   do
-     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-   done
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-msvc7)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
-  else
-    showIncludes=-showIncludes
-  fi
-  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
-  if test "$stat" = 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
-  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
-  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
-  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
-  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
-/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
-  s//\1/
-  s/\\/\\\\/g
-  p
-}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
-s/ /\\ /g
-s/\(.*\)/	\1 \\/p
-s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
-H
-$ {
-  s/.*/	/
-  G
-  p
-}' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvc7msys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no eat=no
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    if test $eat = yes; then
-      eat=no
-      continue
-    fi
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -arch)
-      eat=yes ;;
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
-  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
-  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvcmsys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/install-sh

@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	# Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-	case $dst_arg in
-	  -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-    # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-    case $dst_arg in
-      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-    esac
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
-  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
-  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
-  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
-  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-  case $src in
-    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-    dst=$dst_arg
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test X"$d" = X && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/missing

@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-
-scriptversion=2012-01-06.13; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
-  configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
-  configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-msg="missing on your system"
-
-case $1 in
---run)
-  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
-  run=
-  shift
-  "$@" && exit 0
-  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
-  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
-  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
-  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
-  # if --run hadn't been passed.
-  if test $? = 63; then
-    run=:
-    msg="probably too old"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
-    echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help      display this help and exit
-  -v, --version   output version information and exit
-  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
-  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
-  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
-  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
-  autom4te     touch the output file, or create a stub one
-  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
-  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  help2man     touch the output file
-  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  makeinfo     touch the output file
-  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-
-Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and
-\`g' are ignored when checking the name.
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -*)
-    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
-    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-esac
-
-# normalize program name to check for.
-program=`echo "$1" | sed '
-  s/^gnu-//; t
-  s/^gnu//; t
-  s/^g//; t'`
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program).  This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not
-# $program.
-case $1 in
-  lex*|yacc*)
-    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
-       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
-       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case $program in
-  aclocal*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
-         any GNU archive site."
-    touch aclocal.m4
-    ;;
-
-  autoconf*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
-         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
-         archive site."
-    touch configure
-    ;;
-
-  autoheader*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
-         from any GNU archive site."
-    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
-    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
-    touch_files=
-    for f in $files; do
-      case $f in
-      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
-				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
-      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
-      esac
-    done
-    touch $touch_files
-    ;;
-
-  automake*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
-         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
-         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
-    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
-	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
-	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
-    ;;
-
-  autom4te*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.
-         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
-         archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo "#! /bin/sh"
-	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
-	echo "#  $ $@"
-	echo "exit 0"
-	chmod +x $file
-	exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  bison*|yacc*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.y)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
-	    fi
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
-	echo >y.tab.h
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  lex*|flex*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f lex.yy.c
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.l)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  help2man*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
-	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
-	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
-	exit $?
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  makeinfo*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
-         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
-         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
-         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
-         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
-    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
-      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
-      file=`sed -n '
-	/^@setfilename/{
-	  s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
-	  p
-	  q
-	}' $infile`
-      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
-      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
-    fi
-    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
-    # let's fail without touching anything.
-    test -f $file || exit 1
-    touch $file
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
-         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
-         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
-         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/README

@@ -1,435 +0,0 @@
-Google C++ Testing Framework
-============================
-
-http://code.google.com/p/googletest/
-
-Overview
---------
-
-Google's framework for writing C++ tests on a variety of platforms
-(Linux, Mac OS X, Windows, Windows CE, Symbian, etc).  Based on the
-xUnit architecture.  Supports automatic test discovery, a rich set of
-assertions, user-defined assertions, death tests, fatal and non-fatal
-failures, various options for running the tests, and XML test report
-generation.
-
-Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
-mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
-also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
-join us!
-
-Requirements for End Users
---------------------------
-
-Google Test is designed to have fairly minimal requirements to build
-and use with your projects, but there are some.  Currently, we support
-Linux, Windows, Mac OS X, and Cygwin.  We will also make our best
-effort to support other platforms (e.g. Solaris, AIX, and z/OS).
-However, since core members of the Google Test project have no access
-to these platforms, Google Test may have outstanding issues there.  If
-you notice any problems on your platform, please notify
-googletestframework@googlegroups.com.  Patches for fixing them are
-even more welcome!
-
-### Linux Requirements ###
-
-These are the base requirements to build and use Google Test from a source
-package (as described below):
-  * GNU-compatible Make or gmake
-  * POSIX-standard shell
-  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
-  * A C++98-standard-compliant compiler
-
-### Windows Requirements ###
-
-  * Microsoft Visual C++ 7.1 or newer
-
-### Cygwin Requirements ###
-
-  * Cygwin 1.5.25-14 or newer
-
-### Mac OS X Requirements ###
-
-  * Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger or newer
-  * Developer Tools Installed
-
-Also, you'll need CMake 2.6.4 or higher if you want to build the
-samples using the provided CMake script, regardless of the platform.
-
-Requirements for Contributors
------------------------------
-
-We welcome patches.  If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
-build Google Test and its own tests from an SVN checkout (described
-below), which has further requirements:
-
-  * Python version 2.3 or newer (for running some of the tests and
-    re-generating certain source files from templates)
-  * CMake 2.6.4 or newer
-
-Getting the Source
-------------------
-
-There are two primary ways of getting Google Test's source code: you
-can download a stable source release in your preferred archive format,
-or directly check out the source from our Subversion (SVN) repositary.
-The SVN checkout requires a few extra steps and some extra software
-packages on your system, but lets you track the latest development and
-make patches much more easily, so we highly encourage it.
-
-### Source Package ###
-
-Google Test is released in versioned source packages which can be
-downloaded from the download page [1].  Several different archive
-formats are provided, but the only difference is the tools used to
-manipulate them, and the size of the resulting file.  Download
-whichever you are most comfortable with.
-
-  [1] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/downloads/list
-
-Once the package is downloaded, expand it using whichever tools you
-prefer for that type.  This will result in a new directory with the
-name "gtest-X.Y.Z" which contains all of the source code.  Here are
-some examples on Linux:
-
-  tar -xvzf gtest-X.Y.Z.tar.gz
-  tar -xvjf gtest-X.Y.Z.tar.bz2
-  unzip gtest-X.Y.Z.zip
-
-### SVN Checkout ###
-
-To check out the main branch (also known as the "trunk") of Google
-Test, run the following Subversion command:
-
-  svn checkout http://googletest.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/ gtest-svn
-
-Setting up the Build
---------------------
-
-To build Google Test and your tests that use it, you need to tell your
-build system where to find its headers and source files.  The exact
-way to do it depends on which build system you use, and is usually
-straightforward.
-
-### Generic Build Instructions ###
-
-Suppose you put Google Test in directory ${GTEST_DIR}.  To build it,
-create a library build target (or a project as called by Visual Studio
-and Xcode) to compile
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
-
-with ${GTEST_DIR}/include in the system header search path and ${GTEST_DIR}
-in the normal header search path.  Assuming a Linux-like system and gcc,
-something like the following will do:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
-      -pthread -c ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
-  ar -rv libgtest.a gtest-all.o
-
-(We need -pthread as Google Test uses threads.)
-
-Next, you should compile your test source file with
-${GTEST_DIR}/include in the system header search path, and link it
-with gtest and any other necessary libraries:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -pthread path/to/your_test.cc libgtest.a \
-      -o your_test
-
-As an example, the make/ directory contains a Makefile that you can
-use to build Google Test on systems where GNU make is available
-(e.g. Linux, Mac OS X, and Cygwin).  It doesn't try to build Google
-Test's own tests.  Instead, it just builds the Google Test library and
-a sample test.  You can use it as a starting point for your own build
-script.
-
-If the default settings are correct for your environment, the
-following commands should succeed:
-
-  cd ${GTEST_DIR}/make
-  make
-  ./sample1_unittest
-
-If you see errors, try to tweak the contents of make/Makefile to make
-them go away.  There are instructions in make/Makefile on how to do
-it.
-
-### Using CMake ###
-
-Google Test comes with a CMake build script (CMakeLists.txt) that can
-be used on a wide range of platforms ("C" stands for cross-platofrm.).
-If you don't have CMake installed already, you can download it for
-free from http://www.cmake.org/.
-
-CMake works by generating native makefiles or build projects that can
-be used in the compiler environment of your choice.  The typical
-workflow starts with:
-
-  mkdir mybuild       # Create a directory to hold the build output.
-  cd mybuild
-  cmake ${GTEST_DIR}  # Generate native build scripts.
-
-If you want to build Google Test's samples, you should replace the
-last command with
-
-  cmake -Dgtest_build_samples=ON ${GTEST_DIR}
-
-If you are on a *nix system, you should now see a Makefile in the
-current directory.  Just type 'make' to build gtest.
-
-If you use Windows and have Vistual Studio installed, a gtest.sln file
-and several .vcproj files will be created.  You can then build them
-using Visual Studio.
-
-On Mac OS X with Xcode installed, a .xcodeproj file will be generated.
-
-### Legacy Build Scripts ###
-
-Before settling on CMake, we have been providing hand-maintained build
-projects/scripts for Visual Studio, Xcode, and Autotools.  While we
-continue to provide them for convenience, they are not actively
-maintained any more.  We highly recommend that you follow the
-instructions in the previous two sections to integrate Google Test
-with your existing build system.
-
-If you still need to use the legacy build scripts, here's how:
-
-The msvc\ folder contains two solutions with Visual C++ projects.
-Open the gtest.sln or gtest-md.sln file using Visual Studio, and you
-are ready to build Google Test the same way you build any Visual
-Studio project.  Files that have names ending with -md use DLL
-versions of Microsoft runtime libraries (the /MD or the /MDd compiler
-option).  Files without that suffix use static versions of the runtime
-libraries (the /MT or the /MTd option).  Please note that one must use
-the same option to compile both gtest and the test code.  If you use
-Visual Studio 2005 or above, we recommend the -md version as /MD is
-the default for new projects in these versions of Visual Studio.
-
-On Mac OS X, open the gtest.xcodeproj in the xcode/ folder using
-Xcode.  Build the "gtest" target.  The universal binary framework will
-end up in your selected build directory (selected in the Xcode
-"Preferences..." -> "Building" pane and defaults to xcode/build).
-Alternatively, at the command line, enter:
-
-  xcodebuild
-
-This will build the "Release" configuration of gtest.framework in your
-default build location.  See the "xcodebuild" man page for more
-information about building different configurations and building in
-different locations.
-
-If you wish to use the Google Test Xcode project with Xcode 4.x and
-above, you need to either:
- * update the SDK configuration options in xcode/Config/General.xconfig.
-   Comment options SDKROOT, MACOS_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET, and GCC_VERSION. If
-   you choose this route you lose the ability to target earlier versions
-   of MacOS X.
- * Install an SDK for an earlier version. This doesn't appear to be
-   supported by Apple, but has been reported to work
-   (http://stackoverflow.com/questions/5378518).
-
-Tweaking Google Test
---------------------
-
-Google Test can be used in diverse environments.  The default
-configuration may not work (or may not work well) out of the box in
-some environments.  However, you can easily tweak Google Test by
-defining control macros on the compiler command line.  Generally,
-these macros are named like GTEST_XYZ and you define them to either 1
-or 0 to enable or disable a certain feature.
-
-We list the most frequently used macros below.  For a complete list,
-see file include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h.
-
-### Choosing a TR1 Tuple Library ###
-
-Some Google Test features require the C++ Technical Report 1 (TR1)
-tuple library, which is not yet available with all compilers.  The
-good news is that Google Test implements a subset of TR1 tuple that's
-enough for its own need, and will automatically use this when the
-compiler doesn't provide TR1 tuple.
-
-Usually you don't need to care about which tuple library Google Test
-uses.  However, if your project already uses TR1 tuple, you need to
-tell Google Test to use the same TR1 tuple library the rest of your
-project uses, or the two tuple implementations will clash.  To do
-that, add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=0
-
-to the compiler flags while compiling Google Test and your tests.  If
-you want to force Google Test to use its own tuple library, just add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=1
-
-to the compiler flags instead.
-
-If you don't want Google Test to use tuple at all, add
-
-  -DGTEST_HAS_TR1_TUPLE=0
-
-and all features using tuple will be disabled.
-
-### Multi-threaded Tests ###
-
-Google Test is thread-safe where the pthread library is available.
-After #include "gtest/gtest.h", you can check the GTEST_IS_THREADSAFE
-macro to see whether this is the case (yes if the macro is #defined to
-1, no if it's undefined.).
-
-If Google Test doesn't correctly detect whether pthread is available
-in your environment, you can force it with
-
-  -DGTEST_HAS_PTHREAD=1
-
-or
-
-  -DGTEST_HAS_PTHREAD=0
-
-When Google Test uses pthread, you may need to add flags to your
-compiler and/or linker to select the pthread library, or you'll get
-link errors.  If you use the CMake script or the deprecated Autotools
-script, this is taken care of for you.  If you use your own build
-script, you'll need to read your compiler and linker's manual to
-figure out what flags to add.
-
-### As a Shared Library (DLL) ###
-
-Google Test is compact, so most users can build and link it as a
-static library for the simplicity.  You can choose to use Google Test
-as a shared library (known as a DLL on Windows) if you prefer.
-
-To compile *gtest* as a shared library, add
-
-  -DGTEST_CREATE_SHARED_LIBRARY=1
-
-to the compiler flags.  You'll also need to tell the linker to produce
-a shared library instead - consult your linker's manual for how to do
-it.
-
-To compile your *tests* that use the gtest shared library, add
-
-  -DGTEST_LINKED_AS_SHARED_LIBRARY=1
-
-to the compiler flags.
-
-Note: while the above steps aren't technically necessary today when
-using some compilers (e.g. GCC), they may become necessary in the
-future, if we decide to improve the speed of loading the library (see
-http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility for details).  Therefore you are
-recommended to always add the above flags when using Google Test as a
-shared library.  Otherwise a future release of Google Test may break
-your build script.
-
-### Avoiding Macro Name Clashes ###
-
-In C++, macros don't obey namespaces.  Therefore two libraries that
-both define a macro of the same name will clash if you #include both
-definitions.  In case a Google Test macro clashes with another
-library, you can force Google Test to rename its macro to avoid the
-conflict.
-
-Specifically, if both Google Test and some other code define macro
-FOO, you can add
-
-  -DGTEST_DONT_DEFINE_FOO=1
-
-to the compiler flags to tell Google Test to change the macro's name
-from FOO to GTEST_FOO.  Currently FOO can be FAIL, SUCCEED, or TEST.
-For example, with -DGTEST_DONT_DEFINE_TEST=1, you'll need to write
-
-  GTEST_TEST(SomeTest, DoesThis) { ... }
-
-instead of
-
-  TEST(SomeTest, DoesThis) { ... }
-
-in order to define a test.
-
-Upgrating from an Earlier Version
----------------------------------
-
-We strive to keep Google Test releases backward compatible.
-Sometimes, though, we have to make some breaking changes for the
-users' long-term benefits.  This section describes what you'll need to
-do if you are upgrading from an earlier version of Google Test.
-
-### Upgrading from 1.3.0 or Earlier ###
-
-You may need to explicitly enable or disable Google Test's own TR1
-tuple library.  See the instructions in section "Choosing a TR1 Tuple
-Library".
-
-### Upgrading from 1.4.0 or Earlier ###
-
-The Autotools build script (configure + make) is no longer officially
-supportted.  You are encouraged to migrate to your own build system or
-use CMake.  If you still need to use Autotools, you can find
-instructions in the README file from Google Test 1.4.0.
-
-On platforms where the pthread library is available, Google Test uses
-it in order to be thread-safe.  See the "Multi-threaded Tests" section
-for what this means to your build script.
-
-If you use Microsoft Visual C++ 7.1 with exceptions disabled, Google
-Test will no longer compile.  This should affect very few people, as a
-large portion of STL (including <string>) doesn't compile in this mode
-anyway.  We decided to stop supporting it in order to greatly simplify
-Google Test's implementation.
-
-Developing Google Test
-----------------------
-
-This section discusses how to make your own changes to Google Test.
-
-### Testing Google Test Itself ###
-
-To make sure your changes work as intended and don't break existing
-functionality, you'll want to compile and run Google Test's own tests.
-For that you can use CMake:
-
-  mkdir mybuild
-  cd mybuild
-  cmake -Dgtest_build_tests=ON ${GTEST_DIR}
-
-Make sure you have Python installed, as some of Google Test's tests
-are written in Python.  If the cmake command complains about not being
-able to find Python ("Could NOT find PythonInterp (missing:
-PYTHON_EXECUTABLE)"), try telling it explicitly where your Python
-executable can be found:
-
-  cmake -DPYTHON_EXECUTABLE=path/to/python -Dgtest_build_tests=ON ${GTEST_DIR}
-
-Next, you can build Google Test and all of its own tests.  On *nix,
-this is usually done by 'make'.  To run the tests, do
-
-  make test
-
-All tests should pass.
-
-### Regenerating Source Files ###
-
-Some of Google Test's source files are generated from templates (not
-in the C++ sense) using a script.  A template file is named FOO.pump,
-where FOO is the name of the file it will generate.  For example, the
-file include/gtest/internal/gtest-type-util.h.pump is used to generate
-gtest-type-util.h in the same directory.
-
-Normally you don't need to worry about regenerating the source files,
-unless you need to modify them.  In that case, you should modify the
-corresponding .pump files instead and run the pump.py Python script to
-regenerate them.  You can find pump.py in the scripts/ directory.
-Read the Pump manual [2] for how to use it.
-
-  [2] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/wiki/PumpManual
-
-### Contributing a Patch ###
-
-We welcome patches.  Please read the Google Test developer's guide [3]
-for how you can contribute.  In particular, make sure you have signed
-the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
-patch.
-
-  [3] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/wiki/GoogleTestDevGuide
-
-Happy testing!

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/config.h.in

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* build-aux/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */
-#undef HAVE_PTHREAD
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
-   */
-#undef LT_OBJDIR
-
-/* Name of package */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the home page for this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_URL
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
-   your system. */
-#undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Version number of package */
-#undef VERSION

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/depcomp

@@ -1,688 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2011-12-04.11; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010,
-# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
-if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
-   # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvisualcpp
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
-   # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvc7
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
-## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
-      | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> "$depfile"
-    echo >> "$depfile"
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-    sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-icc)
-  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
-  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
-  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  # which is wrong.  We want:
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  #    sub/foo.c:
-  #    sub/foo.h:
-  # ICC 7.1 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${
-	       s/^ *//
-	       s/ \\*$//
-	       s/$/:/
-	       p
-	     }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
-      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
-      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
-      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
-      #
-      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
-      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
-      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-   do
-     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-   done
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-msvc7)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
-  else
-    showIncludes=-showIncludes
-  fi
-  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
-  if test "$stat" = 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
-  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
-  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
-  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
-  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
-/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
-  s//\1/
-  s/\\/\\\\/g
-  p
-}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
-s/ /\\ /g
-s/\(.*\)/	\1 \\/p
-s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
-H
-$ {
-  s/.*/	/
-  G
-  p
-}' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvc7msys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no eat=no
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    if test $eat = yes; then
-      eat=no
-      continue
-    fi
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -arch)
-      eat=yes ;;
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
-  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
-  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvcmsys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/install-sh

@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	# Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-	case $dst_arg in
-	  -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-    # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-    case $dst_arg in
-      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-    esac
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
-  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
-  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
-  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
-  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-  case $src in
-    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-    dst=$dst_arg
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test X"$d" = X && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/missing

@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-
-scriptversion=2012-01-06.13; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
-  configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
-  configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-msg="missing on your system"
-
-case $1 in
---run)
-  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
-  run=
-  shift
-  "$@" && exit 0
-  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
-  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
-  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
-  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
-  # if --run hadn't been passed.
-  if test $? = 63; then
-    run=:
-    msg="probably too old"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
-    echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help      display this help and exit
-  -v, --version   output version information and exit
-  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
-  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
-  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
-  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
-  autom4te     touch the output file, or create a stub one
-  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
-  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  help2man     touch the output file
-  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  makeinfo     touch the output file
-  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-
-Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and
-\`g' are ignored when checking the name.
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -*)
-    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
-    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-esac
-
-# normalize program name to check for.
-program=`echo "$1" | sed '
-  s/^gnu-//; t
-  s/^gnu//; t
-  s/^g//; t'`
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program).  This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not
-# $program.
-case $1 in
-  lex*|yacc*)
-    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
-       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
-       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case $program in
-  aclocal*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
-         any GNU archive site."
-    touch aclocal.m4
-    ;;
-
-  autoconf*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
-         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
-         archive site."
-    touch configure
-    ;;
-
-  autoheader*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
-         from any GNU archive site."
-    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
-    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
-    touch_files=
-    for f in $files; do
-      case $f in
-      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
-				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
-      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
-      esac
-    done
-    touch $touch_files
-    ;;
-
-  automake*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
-         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
-         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
-    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
-	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
-	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
-    ;;
-
-  autom4te*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.
-         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
-         archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo "#! /bin/sh"
-	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
-	echo "#  $ $@"
-	echo "exit 0"
-	chmod +x $file
-	exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  bison*|yacc*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.y)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
-	    fi
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
-	echo >y.tab.h
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  lex*|flex*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f lex.yy.c
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.l)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  help2man*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
-	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
-	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
-	exit $?
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  makeinfo*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
-         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
-         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
-         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
-         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
-    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
-      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
-      file=`sed -n '
-	/^@setfilename/{
-	  s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
-	  p
-	  q
-	}' $infile`
-      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
-      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
-    fi
-    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
-    # let's fail without touching anything.
-    test -f $file || exit 1
-    touch $file
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
-         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
-         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
-         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/ltoptions.m4

@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-# Helper functions for option handling.                    -*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
-#   Inc.
-#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 7 ltoptions.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION],
-[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ---------------------------------------
-# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
-# matching handler defined, dispatch to it.  Other OPTION-NAMEs are
-# saved as a flag.
-m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl
-m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-        _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-    [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
-# ------------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
-m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION],
-[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])])
-
-
-# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
-# are set.
-m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS],
-[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-	    [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option),
-		      [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl
-m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3
-])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
-# ----------------------------------------
-# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
-# with MACRO-NAME.  If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
-# the unknown option and exit.
-m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS],
-[# Set options
-m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-    [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)])
-
-m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[
-  dnl
-  dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
-  dnl specified:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no
-  ])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no
-  ])
-  dnl
-  dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
-  dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair.  For example, if neither
-  dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
-  dnl archives by default:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install],
-  		   [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
-  ])
-])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
-
-
-## --------------------------------- ##
-## Macros to handle LT_INIT options. ##
-## --------------------------------- ##
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# -----------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN],
-[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
-# -----------------------------------------------
-m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl
-])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
-
-
-# dlopen
-# ------
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [])
-
-
-# win32-dll
-# ---------
-# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll],
-[enable_win32_dll=yes
-
-case $host in
-*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
-  ;;
-esac
-
-test -z "$AS" && AS=as
-_LT_DECL([], [AS],      [1], [Assembler program])dnl
-
-test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
-_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])dnl
-
-test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
-_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [Object dumper program])dnl
-])# win32-dll
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and
-# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-    no) enable_shared=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_shared=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_shared=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build shared libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and
-# `disable-static' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-    no) enable_static=no ;;
-    *)
-     enable_static=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_static=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build static libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------------
-# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install'
-# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-    [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_fast_install=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_fast_install=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
-
-_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0],
-	 [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl
-])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE])
-# --------------------
-# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic'
-# LT_INIT options.
-# MODE is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `both'.
-m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC],
-[AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
-    [lt_p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $withval in
-    yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;;
-    *)
-      pic_mode=default
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for lt_pkg in $withval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then
-	  pic_mode=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [pic_mode=default])
-
-test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default])
-
-_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl
-])# _LT_WITH_PIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [])
-
-## ----------------- ##
-## LTDL_INIT Options ##
-## ----------------- ##
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])])
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])])

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/ltsugar.m4

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer.                         -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6 ltsugar.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])])
-
-
-# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...])
-# -----------------------------
-# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their
-# associated separator.
-# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
-# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
-m4_define([lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#], [1], [],
-       [$#], [2], [[$2]],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-m4_define([_lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-
-
-# lt_car(LIST)
-# lt_cdr(LIST)
-# ------------
-# Manipulate m4 lists.
-# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
-# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently.
-m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]])
-m4_define([lt_cdr],
-[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])],
-       [$#], 1, [],
-       [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])])
-m4_define([lt_unquote], $1)
-
-
-# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR])
-# ------------------------------------------
-# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'.
-# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
-# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
-# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
-# than defined and empty).
-#
-# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
-# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
-m4_define([lt_append],
-[m4_define([$1],
-	   m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])])
-
-
-
-# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...])
-# ----------------------------------------------------------
-# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
-# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn.  Each element of the list
-# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
-# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62.
-m4_define([lt_combine],
-[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1],
-       [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl
-[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2],
-	     [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix],
-		]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[,
-	[_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])])
-
-
-# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
-# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
-m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq],
-[m4_ifdef([$1],
-	  [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1],
-		 [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4],
-		 [$5])],
-	  [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
-# -----------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add],
-[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
-# --------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey],
-[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY])
-# ----------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_fetch],
-[m4_ifval([$3],
-	m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]),
-    m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))])
-
-
-# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch],
-[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4],
-	[$5],
-    [$6])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...])
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_filter],
-[m4_if([$5], [], [],
-  [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])),
-           lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]),
-		      [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl
-])

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/ltversion.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers			-*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# @configure_input@
-
-# serial 3337 ltversion.m4
-# This file is part of GNU Libtool
-
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.4.2])
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3337])
-
-AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION],
-[macro_version='2.4.2'
-macro_revision='1.3337'
-_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?])
-_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0)
-])

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/lt~obsolete.m4

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions.    -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4
-
-# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
-#
-# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN)
-# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
-# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
-#
-# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick.  It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
-# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
-# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
-# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
-# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
-#
-# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
-# included after everything else.  This provides aclocal with the
-# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
-# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
-# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. 
-#
-# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
-# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
-# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
-# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],		[AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_FC],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX])])

test/gtest-1.8.0/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# Ignore CI build directory
+build/

test/gtest-1.8.0/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# Build matrix / environment variable are explained on:
+# http://about.travis-ci.org/docs/user/build-configuration/
+# This file can be validated on:
+# http://lint.travis-ci.org/
+
+install:
+# /usr/bin/gcc is 4.6 always, but gcc-X.Y is available.
+- if [ "$CXX" = "g++" ]; then export CXX="g++-4.9" CC="gcc-4.9"; fi
+# /usr/bin/clang is 3.4, lets override with modern one.
+- if [ "$CXX" = "clang++" ] && [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ]; then export CXX="clang++-3.7" CC="clang-3.7"; fi
+- echo ${PATH}
+- echo ${CXX}
+- ${CXX} --version
+- ${CXX} -v
+addons:
+  apt:
+    # List of whitelisted in travis packages for ubuntu-precise can be found here:
+    #   https://github.com/travis-ci/apt-package-whitelist/blob/master/ubuntu-precise
+    # List of whitelisted in travis apt-sources:
+    #   https://github.com/travis-ci/apt-source-whitelist/blob/master/ubuntu.json
+    sources:
+    - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
+    - llvm-toolchain-precise-3.7
+    packages:
+    - gcc-4.9
+    - g++-4.9
+    - clang-3.7
+    - valgrind
+os:
+  - linux
+  - osx
+language: cpp
+compiler:
+  - gcc
+  - clang
+script: ./travis.sh
+env:
+  matrix:
+    - GTEST_TARGET=googletest SHARED_LIB=OFF STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=OFF BUILD_TYPE=debug   VERBOSE_MAKE=true VERBOSE
+    - GTEST_TARGET=googlemock SHARED_LIB=OFF STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=OFF BUILD_TYPE=debug   VERBOSE_MAKE=true VERBOSE
+    - GTEST_TARGET=googlemock SHARED_LIB=OFF STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=OFF BUILD_TYPE=debug CXX_FLAGS=-std=c++11  VERBOSE_MAKE=true VERBOSE
+#    - GTEST_TARGET=googletest SHARED_LIB=ON  STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=ON  BUILD_TYPE=release VERBOSE_MAKE=false
+#    - GTEST_TARGET=googlemock SHARED_LIB=ON  STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=ON  BUILD_TYPE=release VERBOSE_MAKE=false
+notifications:
+  email: false
+sudo: false

test/gtest-1.8.0/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6.2)
+
+project( googletest-distribution )
+
+enable_testing()
+
+option(BUILD_GTEST "Builds the googletest subproject" OFF)
+
+#Note that googlemock target already builds googletest
+option(BUILD_GMOCK "Builds the googlemock subproject" ON)
+
+if(BUILD_GMOCK)
+  add_subdirectory( googlemock )
+elseif(BUILD_GTEST)
+  add_subdirectory( googletest )
+endif()

test/gtest-1.8.0/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+
+# Google Test #
+
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/google/googletest.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/google/googletest)
+[![Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/4o38plt0xbo1ubc8/branch/master?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/BillyDonahue/googletest/branch/master)
+
+Welcome to **Google Test**, Google's C++ test framework!
+
+This repository is a merger of the formerly separate GoogleTest and
+GoogleMock projects. These were so closely related that it makes sense to
+maintain and release them together.
+
+Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
+mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
+also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
+join us!
+
+Getting started information for **Google Test** is available in the 
+[Google Test Primer](googletest/docs/Primer.md) documentation.
+
+**Google Mock** is an extension to Google Test for writing and using C++ mock
+classes.  See the separate [Google Mock documentation](googlemock/README.md).
+
+More detailed documentation for googletest (including build instructions) are
+in its interior [googletest/README.md](googletest/README.md) file.
+
+## Features ##
+
+  * An [XUnit](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XUnit) test framework.
+  * Test discovery.
+  * A rich set of assertions.
+  * User-defined assertions.
+  * Death tests.
+  * Fatal and non-fatal failures.
+  * Value-parameterized tests.
+  * Type-parameterized tests.
+  * Various options for running the tests.
+  * XML test report generation.
+
+## Platforms ##
+
+Google test has been used on a variety of platforms:
+
+  * Linux
+  * Mac OS X
+  * Windows
+  * Cygwin
+  * MinGW
+  * Windows Mobile
+  * Symbian
+
+## Who Is Using Google Test? ##
+
+In addition to many internal projects at Google, Google Test is also used by
+the following notable projects:
+
+  * The [Chromium projects](http://www.chromium.org/) (behind the Chrome
+    browser and Chrome OS).
+  * The [LLVM](http://llvm.org/) compiler.
+  * [Protocol Buffers](https://github.com/google/protobuf), Google's data
+    interchange format.
+  * The [OpenCV](http://opencv.org/) computer vision library.
+
+## Related Open Source Projects ##
+
+[Google Test UI](https://github.com/ospector/gtest-gbar) is test runner that runs
+your test binary, allows you to track its progress via a progress bar, and
+displays a list of test failures. Clicking on one shows failure text. Google
+Test UI is written in C#.
+
+[GTest TAP Listener](https://github.com/kinow/gtest-tap-listener) is an event
+listener for Google Test that implements the
+[TAP protocol](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Test_Anything_Protocol) for test
+result output. If your test runner understands TAP, you may find it useful.
+
+## Requirements ##
+
+Google Test is designed to have fairly minimal requirements to build
+and use with your projects, but there are some.  Currently, we support
+Linux, Windows, Mac OS X, and Cygwin.  We will also make our best
+effort to support other platforms (e.g. Solaris, AIX, and z/OS).
+However, since core members of the Google Test project have no access
+to these platforms, Google Test may have outstanding issues there.  If
+you notice any problems on your platform, please notify
+<googletestframework@googlegroups.com>. Patches for fixing them are
+even more welcome!
+
+### Linux Requirements ###
+
+These are the base requirements to build and use Google Test from a source
+package (as described below):
+
+  * GNU-compatible Make or gmake
+  * POSIX-standard shell
+  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
+  * A C++98-standard-compliant compiler
+
+### Windows Requirements ###
+
+  * Microsoft Visual C++ v7.1 or newer
+
+### Cygwin Requirements ###
+
+  * Cygwin v1.5.25-14 or newer
+
+### Mac OS X Requirements ###
+
+  * Mac OS X v10.4 Tiger or newer
+  * Xcode Developer Tools
+
+### Requirements for Contributors ###
+
+We welcome patches.  If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
+build Google Test and its own tests from a git checkout (described
+below), which has further requirements:
+
+  * [Python](https://www.python.org/) v2.3 or newer (for running some of
+    the tests and re-generating certain source files from templates)
+  * [CMake](https://cmake.org/) v2.6.4 or newer
+
+## Regenerating Source Files ##
+
+Some of Google Test's source files are generated from templates (not
+in the C++ sense) using a script.
+For example, the
+file include/gtest/internal/gtest-type-util.h.pump is used to generate
+gtest-type-util.h in the same directory.
+
+You don't need to worry about regenerating the source files
+unless you need to modify them.  You would then modify the
+corresponding `.pump` files and run the '[pump.py](googletest/scripts/pump.py)'
+generator script.  See the [Pump Manual](googletest/docs/PumpManual.md).
+
+### Contributing Code ###
+
+We welcome patches.  Please read the
+[Developer's Guide](googletest/docs/DevGuide.md)
+for how you can contribute. In particular, make sure you have signed
+the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
+patch.
+
+Happy testing!

test/gtest-1.8.0/appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+version: '{build}'
+
+os: Visual Studio 2015
+
+environment:
+  matrix:
+  - Toolset: v140
+  - Toolset: v120
+  - Toolset: v110
+  - Toolset: v100
+
+platform:
+  - Win32
+  - x64
+
+configuration:
+#  - Release
+  - Debug
+
+build:
+  verbosity: minimal
+
+artifacts:
+  - path: '_build/Testing/Temporary/*'
+    name: test_results
+
+before_build:
+- ps: |
+    Write-Output "Configuration: $env:CONFIGURATION"
+    Write-Output "Platform: $env:PLATFORM"
+    $generator = switch ($env:TOOLSET)
+    {
+        "v140" {"Visual Studio 14 2015"}
+        "v120" {"Visual Studio 12 2013"}
+        "v110" {"Visual Studio 11 2012"}
+        "v100" {"Visual Studio 10 2010"}
+    }
+    if ($env:PLATFORM -eq "x64")
+    {
+        $generator = "$generator Win64"
+    }
+
+build_script:
+- ps: |
+    if (($env:TOOLSET -eq "v100") -and ($env:PLATFORM -eq "x64"))
+    {
+        return
+    }
+    md _build -Force | Out-Null
+    cd _build
+
+    & cmake -G "$generator" -DCMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES="Debug;Release" -Dgtest_build_tests=ON -Dgtest_build_samples=ON -Dgmock_build_tests=ON ..
+    if ($LastExitCode -ne 0) {
+        throw "Exec: $ErrorMessage"
+    }
+    & cmake --build . --config $env:CONFIGURATION
+    if ($LastExitCode -ne 0) {
+        throw "Exec: $ErrorMessage"
+    }
+
+test_script:
+- ps: |
+    if (($env:Toolset -eq "v100") -and ($env:PLATFORM -eq "x64"))
+    {
+        return
+    }
+
+    & ctest -C $env:CONFIGURATION --output-on-failure
+    if ($LastExitCode -ne 0) {
+        throw "Exec: $ErrorMessage"
+    }

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ option(gmock_build_tests "Build all of Google Mock's own tests." OFF)
 if (EXISTS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/gtest/CMakeLists.txt")
   set(gtest_dir gtest)
 else()
-  set(gtest_dir ../gtest)
+  set(gtest_dir ../googletest)
 endif()
 
 # Defines pre_project_set_up_hermetic_build() and set_up_hermetic_build().
@@ -63,6 +63,16 @@ include_directories("${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include"
                     # Test sources.
                     "${gtest_SOURCE_DIR}")
 
+# Summary of tuple support for Microsoft Visual Studio:
+# Compiler    version(MS)  version(cmake)  Support
+# ----------  -----------  --------------  -----------------------------
+# <= VS 2010  <= 10        <= 1600         Use Google Tests's own tuple.
+# VS 2012     11           1700            std::tr1::tuple + _VARIADIC_MAX=10
+# VS 2013     12           1800            std::tr1::tuple
+if (MSVC AND MSVC_VERSION EQUAL 1700)
+  add_definitions(/D _VARIADIC_MAX=10)
+endif()
+
 ########################################################################
 #
 # Defines the gmock & gmock_main libraries.  User tests should link
@@ -82,6 +92,22 @@ cxx_library(gmock_main
             src/gmock-all.cc
             src/gmock_main.cc)
 
+# If the CMake version supports it, attach header directory information
+# to the targets for when we are part of a parent build (ie being pulled
+# in via add_subdirectory() rather than being a standalone build).
+if (DEFINED CMAKE_VERSION AND NOT "${CMAKE_VERSION}" VERSION_LESS "2.8.11")
+  target_include_directories(gmock      INTERFACE "${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include")
+  target_include_directories(gmock_main INTERFACE "${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include")
+endif()
+
+########################################################################
+#
+# Install rules
+install(TARGETS gmock gmock_main
+  DESTINATION lib)
+install(DIRECTORY ${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include/gmock
+  DESTINATION include)
+
 ########################################################################
 #
 # Google Mock's own tests.
@@ -134,8 +160,16 @@ if (gmock_build_tests)
   cxx_library(gmock_main_no_rtti "${cxx_no_rtti}"
     "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
 
-  cxx_library(gmock_main_use_own_tuple "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
-    "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
+  if (NOT MSVC OR MSVC_VERSION LESS 1600)  # 1600 is Visual Studio 2010.
+    # Visual Studio 2010, 2012, and 2013 define symbols in std::tr1 that
+    # conflict with our own definitions. Therefore using our own tuple does not
+    # work on those compilers.
+    cxx_library(gmock_main_use_own_tuple "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
+      "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
+
+    cxx_test_with_flags(gmock_use_own_tuple_test "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
+      gmock_main_use_own_tuple test/gmock-spec-builders_test.cc)
+  endif()
 
   cxx_test_with_flags(gmock-more-actions_no_exception_test "${cxx_no_exception}"
     gmock_main_no_exception test/gmock-more-actions_test.cc)
@@ -143,9 +177,6 @@ if (gmock_build_tests)
   cxx_test_with_flags(gmock_no_rtti_test "${cxx_no_rtti}"
     gmock_main_no_rtti test/gmock-spec-builders_test.cc)
 
-  cxx_test_with_flags(gmock_use_own_tuple_test "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
-    gmock_main_use_own_tuple test/gmock-spec-builders_test.cc)
-
   cxx_shared_library(shared_gmock_main "${cxx_default}"
     "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
 

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/Makefile.am

@@ -42,7 +42,10 @@ pkginclude_internaldir = $(pkgincludedir)/internal
 pkginclude_internal_HEADERS = \
   include/gmock/internal/gmock-generated-internal-utils.h \
   include/gmock/internal/gmock-internal-utils.h \
-  include/gmock/internal/gmock-port.h
+  include/gmock/internal/gmock-port.h \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-generated-actions.h \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-matchers.h \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-port.h
 
 lib_libgmock_main_la_SOURCES = src/gmock_main.cc
 lib_libgmock_main_la_LIBADD = lib/libgmock.la
@@ -136,7 +139,8 @@ EXTRA_DIST += \
   include/gmock/gmock-generated-function-mockers.h.pump \
   include/gmock/gmock-generated-matchers.h.pump \
   include/gmock/gmock-generated-nice-strict.h.pump \
-  include/gmock/internal/gmock-generated-internal-utils.h.pump
+  include/gmock/internal/gmock-generated-internal-utils.h.pump \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-generated-actions.h.pump
 
 # Script for fusing Google Mock and Google Test source files.
 EXTRA_DIST += scripts/fuse_gmock_files.py
@@ -154,6 +158,10 @@ EXTRA_DIST += \
   scripts/generator/cpp/utils.py \
   scripts/generator/gmock_gen.py
 
+# Script for diagnosing compiler errors in programs that use Google
+# Mock.
+EXTRA_DIST += scripts/gmock_doctor.py
+
 # CMake scripts.
 EXTRA_DIST += \
   CMakeLists.txt

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+## Google Mock ##
+
+The Google C++ mocking framework.
+
+### Overview ###
+
+Google's framework for writing and using C++ mock classes.
+It can help you derive better designs of your system and write better tests.
+
+It is inspired by:
+
+  * [jMock](http://www.jmock.org/),
+  * [EasyMock](http://www.easymock.org/), and
+  * [Hamcrest](http://code.google.com/p/hamcrest/),
+
+and designed with C++'s specifics in mind.
+
+Google mock:
+
+  * lets you create mock classes trivially using simple macros.
+  * supports a rich set of matchers and actions.
+  * handles unordered, partially ordered, or completely ordered expectations.
+  * is extensible by users.
+
+We hope you find it useful!
+
+### Features ###
+
+  * Provides a declarative syntax for defining mocks.
+  * Can easily define partial (hybrid) mocks, which are a cross of real
+    and mock objects.
+  * Handles functions of arbitrary types and overloaded functions.
+  * Comes with a rich set of matchers for validating function arguments.
+  * Uses an intuitive syntax for controlling the behavior of a mock.
+  * Does automatic verification of expectations (no record-and-replay needed).
+  * Allows arbitrary (partial) ordering constraints on
+    function calls to be expressed,.
+  * Lets a user extend it by defining new matchers and actions.
+  * Does not use exceptions.
+  * Is easy to learn and use.
+
+Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
+mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
+also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
+join us!
+
+Please note that code under [scripts/generator](scripts/generator/) is
+from [cppclean](http://code.google.com/p/cppclean/) and released under
+the Apache License, which is different from Google Mock's license.
+
+## Getting Started ##
+
+If you are new to the project, we suggest that you read the user
+documentation in the following order:
+
+  * Learn the [basics](../googletest/docs/Primer.md) of
+    Google Test, if you choose to use Google Mock with it (recommended).
+  * Read [Google Mock for Dummies](docs/ForDummies.md).
+  * Read the instructions below on how to build Google Mock.
+
+You can also watch Zhanyong's [talk](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sYpCyLI47rM) on Google Mock's usage and implementation.
+
+Once you understand the basics, check out the rest of the docs:
+
+  * [CheatSheet](docs/CheatSheet.md) - all the commonly used stuff
+    at a glance.
+  * [CookBook](docs/CookBook.md) - recipes for getting things done,
+    including advanced techniques.
+
+If you need help, please check the
+[KnownIssues](docs/KnownIssues.md) and
+[FrequentlyAskedQuestions](docs/FrequentlyAskedQuestions.md) before
+posting a question on the
+[discussion group](http://groups.google.com/group/googlemock).
+
+
+### Using Google Mock Without Google Test ###
+
+Google Mock is not a testing framework itself.  Instead, it needs a
+testing framework for writing tests.  Google Mock works seamlessly
+with [Google Test](http://code.google.com/p/googletest/), but
+you can also use it with [any C++ testing framework](googlemock/ForDummies.md#Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework).
+
+### Requirements for End Users ###
+
+Google Mock is implemented on top of [Google Test](
+http://github.com/google/googletest/), and depends on it.
+You must use the bundled version of Google Test when using Google Mock.
+
+You can also easily configure Google Mock to work with another testing
+framework, although it will still need Google Test.  Please read
+["Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework"](
+    docs/ForDummies.md#Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework)
+for instructions.
+
+Google Mock depends on advanced C++ features and thus requires a more
+modern compiler. The following are needed to use Google Mock:
+
+#### Linux Requirements ####
+
+  * GNU-compatible Make or "gmake"
+  * POSIX-standard shell
+  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
+  * C++98-standard-compliant compiler (e.g. GCC 3.4 or newer)
+
+#### Windows Requirements ####
+
+  * Microsoft Visual C++ 8.0 SP1 or newer
+
+#### Mac OS X Requirements ####
+
+  * Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger or newer
+  * Developer Tools Installed
+
+### Requirements for Contributors ###
+
+We welcome patches. If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
+build Google Mock and its tests, which has further requirements:
+
+  * Automake version 1.9 or newer
+  * Autoconf version 2.59 or newer
+  * Libtool / Libtoolize
+  * Python version 2.3 or newer (for running some of the tests and
+    re-generating certain source files from templates)
+
+### Building Google Mock ###
+
+#### Preparing to Build (Unix only) ####
+
+If you are using a Unix system and plan to use the GNU Autotools build
+system to build Google Mock (described below), you'll need to
+configure it now.
+
+To prepare the Autotools build system:
+
+    cd googlemock
+    autoreconf -fvi
+
+To build Google Mock and your tests that use it, you need to tell your
+build system where to find its headers and source files.  The exact
+way to do it depends on which build system you use, and is usually
+straightforward.
+
+This section shows how you can integrate Google Mock into your
+existing build system.
+
+Suppose you put Google Mock in directory `${GMOCK_DIR}` and Google Test
+in `${GTEST_DIR}` (the latter is `${GMOCK_DIR}/gtest` by default).  To
+build Google Mock, create a library build target (or a project as
+called by Visual Studio and Xcode) to compile
+
+    ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc and ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
+
+with
+
+    ${GTEST_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK_DIR}/include
+
+in the system header search path, and
+
+    ${GTEST_DIR} and ${GMOCK_DIR}
+
+in the normal header search path.  Assuming a Linux-like system and gcc,
+something like the following will do:
+
+    g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
+        -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
+        -pthread -c ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
+    g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
+        -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
+        -pthread -c ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
+    ar -rv libgmock.a gtest-all.o gmock-all.o
+
+(We need -pthread as Google Test and Google Mock use threads.)
+
+Next, you should compile your test source file with
+${GTEST\_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK\_DIR}/include in the header search
+path, and link it with gmock and any other necessary libraries:
+
+    g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include \
+        -pthread path/to/your_test.cc libgmock.a -o your_test
+
+As an example, the make/ directory contains a Makefile that you can
+use to build Google Mock on systems where GNU make is available
+(e.g. Linux, Mac OS X, and Cygwin).  It doesn't try to build Google
+Mock's own tests.  Instead, it just builds the Google Mock library and
+a sample test.  You can use it as a starting point for your own build
+script.
+
+If the default settings are correct for your environment, the
+following commands should succeed:
+
+    cd ${GMOCK_DIR}/make
+    make
+    ./gmock_test
+
+If you see errors, try to tweak the contents of
+[make/Makefile](make/Makefile) to make them go away.
+
+### Windows ###
+
+The msvc/2005 directory contains VC++ 2005 projects and the msvc/2010
+directory contains VC++ 2010 projects for building Google Mock and
+selected tests.
+
+Change to the appropriate directory and run "msbuild gmock.sln" to
+build the library and tests (or open the gmock.sln in the MSVC IDE).
+If you want to create your own project to use with Google Mock, you'll
+have to configure it to use the `gmock_config` propety sheet.  For that:
+
+ * Open the Property Manager window (View | Other Windows | Property Manager)
+ * Right-click on your project and select "Add Existing Property Sheet..."
+ * Navigate to `gmock_config.vsprops` or `gmock_config.props` and select it.
+ * In Project Properties | Configuration Properties | General | Additional
+   Include Directories, type <path to Google Mock>/include.
+
+### Tweaking Google Mock ###
+
+Google Mock can be used in diverse environments.  The default
+configuration may not work (or may not work well) out of the box in
+some environments.  However, you can easily tweak Google Mock by
+defining control macros on the compiler command line.  Generally,
+these macros are named like `GTEST_XYZ` and you define them to either 1
+or 0 to enable or disable a certain feature.
+
+We list the most frequently used macros below.  For a complete list,
+see file [${GTEST\_DIR}/include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h](
+../googletest/include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h).
+
+### Choosing a TR1 Tuple Library ###
+
+Google Mock uses the C++ Technical Report 1 (TR1) tuple library
+heavily.  Unfortunately TR1 tuple is not yet widely available with all
+compilers.  The good news is that Google Test 1.4.0+ implements a
+subset of TR1 tuple that's enough for Google Mock's need.  Google Mock
+will automatically use that implementation when the compiler doesn't
+provide TR1 tuple.
+
+Usually you don't need to care about which tuple library Google Test
+and Google Mock use.  However, if your project already uses TR1 tuple,
+you need to tell Google Test and Google Mock to use the same TR1 tuple
+library the rest of your project uses, or the two tuple
+implementations will clash.  To do that, add
+
+    -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=0
+
+to the compiler flags while compiling Google Test, Google Mock, and
+your tests.  If you want to force Google Test and Google Mock to use
+their own tuple library, just add
+
+    -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=1
+
+to the compiler flags instead.
+
+If you want to use Boost's TR1 tuple library with Google Mock, please
+refer to the Boost website (http://www.boost.org/) for how to obtain
+it and set it up.
+
+### As a Shared Library (DLL) ###
+
+Google Mock is compact, so most users can build and link it as a static
+library for the simplicity.  Google Mock can be used as a DLL, but the
+same DLL must contain Google Test as well.  See
+[Google Test's README][gtest_readme]
+for instructions on how to set up necessary compiler settings.
+
+### Tweaking Google Mock ###
+
+Most of Google Test's control macros apply to Google Mock as well.
+Please see [Google Test's README][gtest_readme] for how to tweak them.
+
+### Upgrading from an Earlier Version ###
+
+We strive to keep Google Mock releases backward compatible.
+Sometimes, though, we have to make some breaking changes for the
+users' long-term benefits.  This section describes what you'll need to
+do if you are upgrading from an earlier version of Google Mock.
+
+#### Upgrading from 1.1.0 or Earlier ####
+
+You may need to explicitly enable or disable Google Test's own TR1
+tuple library.  See the instructions in section "[Choosing a TR1 Tuple
+Library](../googletest/#choosing-a-tr1-tuple-library)".
+
+#### Upgrading from 1.4.0 or Earlier ####
+
+On platforms where the pthread library is available, Google Test and
+Google Mock use it in order to be thread-safe.  For this to work, you
+may need to tweak your compiler and/or linker flags.  Please see the
+"[Multi-threaded Tests](../googletest#multi-threaded-tests
+)" section in file Google Test's README for what you may need to do.
+
+If you have custom matchers defined using `MatcherInterface` or
+`MakePolymorphicMatcher()`, you'll need to update their definitions to
+use the new matcher API (
+[monomorphic](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Monomorphic_Matchers),
+[polymorphic](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Polymorphic_Matchers)).
+Matchers defined using `MATCHER()` or `MATCHER_P*()` aren't affected.
+
+### Developing Google Mock ###
+
+This section discusses how to make your own changes to Google Mock.
+
+#### Testing Google Mock Itself ####
+
+To make sure your changes work as intended and don't break existing
+functionality, you'll want to compile and run Google Test's own tests.
+For that you'll need Autotools.  First, make sure you have followed
+the instructions above to configure Google Mock.
+Then, create a build output directory and enter it.  Next,
+
+    ${GMOCK_DIR}/configure  # try --help for more info
+
+Once you have successfully configured Google Mock, the build steps are
+standard for GNU-style OSS packages.
+
+    make        # Standard makefile following GNU conventions
+    make check  # Builds and runs all tests - all should pass.
+
+Note that when building your project against Google Mock, you are building
+against Google Test as well.  There is no need to configure Google Test
+separately.
+
+#### Contributing a Patch ####
+
+We welcome patches.
+Please read the [Developer's Guide](docs/DevGuide.md)
+for how you can contribute. In particular, make sure you have signed
+the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
+patch.
+
+Happy testing!
+
+[gtest_readme]: ../googletest/README.md "googletest"

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/configure.ac

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-m4_include(gtest/m4/acx_pthread.m4)
+m4_include(../googletest/m4/acx_pthread.m4)
 
 AC_INIT([Google C++ Mocking Framework],
         [1.7.0],
@@ -129,14 +129,14 @@ AS_IF([test "x${HAVE_BUILT_GTEST}" = "xyes"],
       GTEST_LDFLAGS=`${GTEST_CONFIG} --ldflags`
       GTEST_LIBS=`${GTEST_CONFIG} --libs`
       GTEST_VERSION=`${GTEST_CONFIG} --version`],
-      [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([gtest])
+      [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([../googletest])
       # GTEST_CONFIG needs to be executable both in a Makefile environmont and
       # in a shell script environment, so resolve an absolute path for it here.
-      GTEST_CONFIG="`pwd -P`/gtest/scripts/gtest-config"
-      GTEST_CPPFLAGS='-I$(top_srcdir)/gtest/include'
+      GTEST_CONFIG="`pwd -P`/../googletest/scripts/gtest-config"
+      GTEST_CPPFLAGS='-I$(top_srcdir)/../googletest/include'
       GTEST_CXXFLAGS='-g'
       GTEST_LDFLAGS=''
-      GTEST_LIBS='$(top_builddir)/gtest/lib/libgtest.la'
+      GTEST_LIBS='$(top_builddir)/../googletest/lib/libgtest.la'
       GTEST_VERSION="${GTEST_MIN_VERSION}"])
 
 # TODO(chandlerc@google.com) Check the types, structures, and other compiler

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/docs/CheatSheet.md

@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+
+
+# Defining a Mock Class #
+
+## Mocking a Normal Class ##
+
+Given
+```
+class Foo {
+  ...
+  virtual ~Foo();
+  virtual int GetSize() const = 0;
+  virtual string Describe(const char* name) = 0;
+  virtual string Describe(int type) = 0;
+  virtual bool Process(Bar elem, int count) = 0;
+};
+```
+(note that `~Foo()` **must** be virtual) we can define its mock as
+```
+#include "gmock/gmock.h"
+
+class MockFoo : public Foo {
+  MOCK_CONST_METHOD0(GetSize, int());
+  MOCK_METHOD1(Describe, string(const char* name));
+  MOCK_METHOD1(Describe, string(int type));
+  MOCK_METHOD2(Process, bool(Bar elem, int count));
+};
+```
+
+To create a "nice" mock object which ignores all uninteresting calls,
+or a "strict" mock object, which treats them as failures:
+```
+NiceMock<MockFoo> nice_foo;     // The type is a subclass of MockFoo.
+StrictMock<MockFoo> strict_foo; // The type is a subclass of MockFoo.
+```
+
+## Mocking a Class Template ##
+
+To mock
+```
+template <typename Elem>
+class StackInterface {
+ public:
+  ...
+  virtual ~StackInterface();
+  virtual int GetSize() const = 0;
+  virtual void Push(const Elem& x) = 0;
+};
+```
+(note that `~StackInterface()` **must** be virtual) just append `_T` to the `MOCK_*` macros:
+```
+template <typename Elem>
+class MockStack : public StackInterface<Elem> {
+ public:
+  ...
+  MOCK_CONST_METHOD0_T(GetSize, int());
+  MOCK_METHOD1_T(Push, void(const Elem& x));
+};
+```
+
+## Specifying Calling Conventions for Mock Functions ##
+
+If your mock function doesn't use the default calling convention, you
+can specify it by appending `_WITH_CALLTYPE` to any of the macros
+described in the previous two sections and supplying the calling
+convention as the first argument to the macro. For example,
+```
+  MOCK_METHOD_1_WITH_CALLTYPE(STDMETHODCALLTYPE, Foo, bool(int n));
+  MOCK_CONST_METHOD2_WITH_CALLTYPE(STDMETHODCALLTYPE, Bar, int(double x, double y));
+```
+where `STDMETHODCALLTYPE` is defined by `<objbase.h>` on Windows.
+
+# Using Mocks in Tests #
+
+The typical flow is:
+  1. Import the Google Mock names you need to use. All Google Mock names are in the `testing` namespace unless they are macros or otherwise noted.
+  1. Create the mock objects.
+  1. Optionally, set the default actions of the mock objects.
+  1. Set your expectations on the mock objects (How will they be called? What wil they do?).
+  1. Exercise code that uses the mock objects; if necessary, check the result using [Google Test](../../googletest/) assertions.
+  1. When a mock objects is destructed, Google Mock automatically verifies that all expectations on it have been satisfied.
+
+Here is an example:
+```
+using ::testing::Return;                            // #1
+
+TEST(BarTest, DoesThis) {
+  MockFoo foo;                                    // #2
+
+  ON_CALL(foo, GetSize())                         // #3
+      .WillByDefault(Return(1));
+  // ... other default actions ...
+
+  EXPECT_CALL(foo, Describe(5))                   // #4
+      .Times(3)
+      .WillRepeatedly(Return("Category 5"));
+  // ... other expectations ...
+
+  EXPECT_EQ("good", MyProductionFunction(&foo));  // #5
+}                                                 // #6
+```
+
+# Setting Default Actions #
+
+Google Mock has a **built-in default action** for any function that
+returns `void`, `bool`, a numeric value, or a pointer.
+
+To customize the default action for functions with return type `T` globally:
+```
+using ::testing::DefaultValue;
+
+// Sets the default value to be returned. T must be CopyConstructible.
+DefaultValue<T>::Set(value);
+// Sets a factory. Will be invoked on demand. T must be MoveConstructible.
+//   T MakeT();
+DefaultValue<T>::SetFactory(&MakeT);
+// ... use the mocks ...
+// Resets the default value.
+DefaultValue<T>::Clear();
+```
+
+To customize the default action for a particular method, use `ON_CALL()`:
+```
+ON_CALL(mock_object, method(matchers))
+    .With(multi_argument_matcher)  ?
+    .WillByDefault(action);
+```
+
+# Setting Expectations #
+
+`EXPECT_CALL()` sets **expectations** on a mock method (How will it be
+called? What will it do?):
+```
+EXPECT_CALL(mock_object, method(matchers))
+    .With(multi_argument_matcher)  ?
+    .Times(cardinality)            ?
+    .InSequence(sequences)         *
+    .After(expectations)           *
+    .WillOnce(action)              *
+    .WillRepeatedly(action)        ?
+    .RetiresOnSaturation();        ?
+```
+
+If `Times()` is omitted, the cardinality is assumed to be:
+
+  * `Times(1)` when there is neither `WillOnce()` nor `WillRepeatedly()`;
+  * `Times(n)` when there are `n WillOnce()`s but no `WillRepeatedly()`, where `n` >= 1; or
+  * `Times(AtLeast(n))` when there are `n WillOnce()`s and a `WillRepeatedly()`, where `n` >= 0.
+
+A method with no `EXPECT_CALL()` is free to be invoked _any number of times_, and the default action will be taken each time.
+
+# Matchers #
+
+A **matcher** matches a _single_ argument.  You can use it inside
+`ON_CALL()` or `EXPECT_CALL()`, or use it to validate a value
+directly:
+
+| `EXPECT_THAT(value, matcher)` | Asserts that `value` matches `matcher`. |
+|:------------------------------|:----------------------------------------|
+| `ASSERT_THAT(value, matcher)` | The same as `EXPECT_THAT(value, matcher)`, except that it generates a **fatal** failure. |
+
+Built-in matchers (where `argument` is the function argument) are
+divided into several categories:
+
+## Wildcard ##
+|`_`|`argument` can be any value of the correct type.|
+|:--|:-----------------------------------------------|
+|`A<type>()` or `An<type>()`|`argument` can be any value of type `type`.     |
+
+## Generic Comparison ##
+
+|`Eq(value)` or `value`|`argument == value`|
+|:---------------------|:------------------|
+|`Ge(value)`           |`argument >= value`|
+|`Gt(value)`           |`argument > value` |
+|`Le(value)`           |`argument <= value`|
+|`Lt(value)`           |`argument < value` |
+|`Ne(value)`           |`argument != value`|
+|`IsNull()`            |`argument` is a `NULL` pointer (raw or smart).|
+|`NotNull()`           |`argument` is a non-null pointer (raw or smart).|
+|`Ref(variable)`       |`argument` is a reference to `variable`.|
+|`TypedEq<type>(value)`|`argument` has type `type` and is equal to `value`. You may need to use this instead of `Eq(value)` when the mock function is overloaded.|
+
+Except `Ref()`, these matchers make a _copy_ of `value` in case it's
+modified or destructed later. If the compiler complains that `value`
+doesn't have a public copy constructor, try wrap it in `ByRef()`,
+e.g. `Eq(ByRef(non_copyable_value))`. If you do that, make sure
+`non_copyable_value` is not changed afterwards, or the meaning of your
+matcher will be changed.
+
+## Floating-Point Matchers ##
+
+|`DoubleEq(a_double)`|`argument` is a `double` value approximately equal to `a_double`, treating two NaNs as unequal.|
+|:-------------------|:----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`FloatEq(a_float)`  |`argument` is a `float` value approximately equal to `a_float`, treating two NaNs as unequal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveDoubleEq(a_double)`|`argument` is a `double` value approximately equal to `a_double`, treating two NaNs as equal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveFloatEq(a_float)`|`argument` is a `float` value approximately equal to `a_float`, treating two NaNs as equal.    |
+
+The above matchers use ULP-based comparison (the same as used in
+[Google Test](../../googletest/)). They
+automatically pick a reasonable error bound based on the absolute
+value of the expected value.  `DoubleEq()` and `FloatEq()` conform to
+the IEEE standard, which requires comparing two NaNs for equality to
+return false. The `NanSensitive*` version instead treats two NaNs as
+equal, which is often what a user wants.
+
+|`DoubleNear(a_double, max_abs_error)`|`argument` is a `double` value close to `a_double` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as unequal.|
+|:------------------------------------|:--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`FloatNear(a_float, max_abs_error)`  |`argument` is a `float` value close to `a_float` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as unequal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveDoubleNear(a_double, max_abs_error)`|`argument` is a `double` value close to `a_double` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as equal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveFloatNear(a_float, max_abs_error)`|`argument` is a `float` value close to `a_float` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as equal.    |
+
+## String Matchers ##
+
+The `argument` can be either a C string or a C++ string object:
+
+|`ContainsRegex(string)`|`argument` matches the given regular expression.|
+|:----------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|
+|`EndsWith(suffix)`     |`argument` ends with string `suffix`.           |
+|`HasSubstr(string)`    |`argument` contains `string` as a sub-string.   |
+|`MatchesRegex(string)` |`argument` matches the given regular expression with the match starting at the first character and ending at the last character.|
+|`StartsWith(prefix)`   |`argument` starts with string `prefix`.         |
+|`StrCaseEq(string)`    |`argument` is equal to `string`, ignoring case. |
+|`StrCaseNe(string)`    |`argument` is not equal to `string`, ignoring case.|
+|`StrEq(string)`        |`argument` is equal to `string`.                |
+|`StrNe(string)`        |`argument` is not equal to `string`.            |
+
+`ContainsRegex()` and `MatchesRegex()` use the regular expression
+syntax defined
+[here](../../googletest/docs/AdvancedGuide.md#regular-expression-syntax).
+`StrCaseEq()`, `StrCaseNe()`, `StrEq()`, and `StrNe()` work for wide
+strings as well.
+
+## Container Matchers ##
+
+Most STL-style containers support `==`, so you can use
+`Eq(expected_container)` or simply `expected_container` to match a
+container exactly.   If you want to write the elements in-line,
+match them more flexibly, or get more informative messages, you can use:
+
+| `ContainerEq(container)` | The same as `Eq(container)` except that the failure message also includes which elements are in one container but not the other. |
+|:-------------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `Contains(e)`            | `argument` contains an element that matches `e`, which can be either a value or a matcher.                                       |
+| `Each(e)`                | `argument` is a container where _every_ element matches `e`, which can be either a value or a matcher.                           |
+| `ElementsAre(e0, e1, ..., en)` | `argument` has `n + 1` elements, where the i-th element matches `ei`, which can be a value or a matcher. 0 to 10 arguments are allowed. |
+| `ElementsAreArray({ e0, e1, ..., en })`, `ElementsAreArray(array)`, or `ElementsAreArray(array, count)` | The same as `ElementsAre()` except that the expected element values/matchers come from an initializer list, STL-style container, or C-style array. |
+| `IsEmpty()`              | `argument` is an empty container (`container.empty()`).                                                                          |
+| `Pointwise(m, container)` | `argument` contains the same number of elements as in `container`, and for all i, (the i-th element in `argument`, the i-th element in `container`) match `m`, which is a matcher on 2-tuples. E.g. `Pointwise(Le(), upper_bounds)` verifies that each element in `argument` doesn't exceed the corresponding element in `upper_bounds`. See more detail below. |
+| `SizeIs(m)`              | `argument` is a container whose size matches `m`. E.g. `SizeIs(2)` or `SizeIs(Lt(2))`.                                           |
+| `UnorderedElementsAre(e0, e1, ..., en)` | `argument` has `n + 1` elements, and under some permutation each element matches an `ei` (for a different `i`), which can be a value or a matcher. 0 to 10 arguments are allowed. |
+| `UnorderedElementsAreArray({ e0, e1, ..., en })`, `UnorderedElementsAreArray(array)`, or `UnorderedElementsAreArray(array, count)` | The same as `UnorderedElementsAre()` except that the expected element values/matchers come from an initializer list, STL-style container, or C-style array. |
+| `WhenSorted(m)`          | When `argument` is sorted using the `<` operator, it matches container matcher `m`. E.g. `WhenSorted(UnorderedElementsAre(1, 2, 3))` verifies that `argument` contains elements `1`, `2`, and `3`, ignoring order. |
+| `WhenSortedBy(comparator, m)` | The same as `WhenSorted(m)`, except that the given comparator instead of `<` is used to sort `argument`. E.g. `WhenSortedBy(std::greater<int>(), ElementsAre(3, 2, 1))`. |
+
+Notes:
+
+  * These matchers can also match:
+    1. a native array passed by reference (e.g. in `Foo(const int (&a)[5])`), and
+    1. an array passed as a pointer and a count (e.g. in `Bar(const T* buffer, int len)` -- see [Multi-argument Matchers](#Multiargument_Matchers.md)).
+  * The array being matched may be multi-dimensional (i.e. its elements can be arrays).
+  * `m` in `Pointwise(m, ...)` should be a matcher for `::testing::tuple<T, U>` where `T` and `U` are the element type of the actual container and the expected container, respectively. For example, to compare two `Foo` containers where `Foo` doesn't support `operator==` but has an `Equals()` method, one might write:
+
+```
+using ::testing::get;
+MATCHER(FooEq, "") {
+  return get<0>(arg).Equals(get<1>(arg));
+}
+...
+EXPECT_THAT(actual_foos, Pointwise(FooEq(), expected_foos));
+```
+
+## Member Matchers ##
+
+|`Field(&class::field, m)`|`argument.field` (or `argument->field` when `argument` is a plain pointer) matches matcher `m`, where `argument` is an object of type _class_.|
+|:------------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`Key(e)`                 |`argument.first` matches `e`, which can be either a value or a matcher. E.g. `Contains(Key(Le(5)))` can verify that a `map` contains a key `<= 5`.|
+|`Pair(m1, m2)`           |`argument` is an `std::pair` whose `first` field matches `m1` and `second` field matches `m2`.                                                |
+|`Property(&class::property, m)`|`argument.property()` (or `argument->property()` when `argument` is a plain pointer) matches matcher `m`, where `argument` is an object of type _class_.|
+
+## Matching the Result of a Function or Functor ##
+
+|`ResultOf(f, m)`|`f(argument)` matches matcher `m`, where `f` is a function or functor.|
+|:---------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------|
+
+## Pointer Matchers ##
+
+|`Pointee(m)`|`argument` (either a smart pointer or a raw pointer) points to a value that matches matcher `m`.|
+|:-----------|:-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`WhenDynamicCastTo<T>(m)`| when `argument` is passed through `dynamic_cast<T>()`, it matches matcher `m`.                 |
+
+## Multiargument Matchers ##
+
+Technically, all matchers match a _single_ value. A "multi-argument"
+matcher is just one that matches a _tuple_. The following matchers can
+be used to match a tuple `(x, y)`:
+
+|`Eq()`|`x == y`|
+|:-----|:-------|
+|`Ge()`|`x >= y`|
+|`Gt()`|`x > y` |
+|`Le()`|`x <= y`|
+|`Lt()`|`x < y` |
+|`Ne()`|`x != y`|
+
+You can use the following selectors to pick a subset of the arguments
+(or reorder them) to participate in the matching:
+
+|`AllArgs(m)`|Equivalent to `m`. Useful as syntactic sugar in `.With(AllArgs(m))`.|
+|:-----------|:-------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`Args<N1, N2, ..., Nk>(m)`|The tuple of the `k` selected (using 0-based indices) arguments matches `m`, e.g. `Args<1, 2>(Eq())`.|
+
+## Composite Matchers ##
+
+You can make a matcher from one or more other matchers:
+
+|`AllOf(m1, m2, ..., mn)`|`argument` matches all of the matchers `m1` to `mn`.|
+|:-----------------------|:---------------------------------------------------|
+|`AnyOf(m1, m2, ..., mn)`|`argument` matches at least one of the matchers `m1` to `mn`.|
+|`Not(m)`                |`argument` doesn't match matcher `m`.               |
+
+## Adapters for Matchers ##
+
+|`MatcherCast<T>(m)`|casts matcher `m` to type `Matcher<T>`.|
+|:------------------|:--------------------------------------|
+|`SafeMatcherCast<T>(m)`| [safely casts](CookBook.md#casting-matchers) matcher `m` to type `Matcher<T>`. |
+|`Truly(predicate)` |`predicate(argument)` returns something considered by C++ to be true, where `predicate` is a function or functor.|
+
+## Matchers as Predicates ##
+
+|`Matches(m)(value)`|evaluates to `true` if `value` matches `m`. You can use `Matches(m)` alone as a unary functor.|
+|:------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`ExplainMatchResult(m, value, result_listener)`|evaluates to `true` if `value` matches `m`, explaining the result to `result_listener`.       |
+|`Value(value, m)`  |evaluates to `true` if `value` matches `m`.                                                   |
+
+## Defining Matchers ##
+
+| `MATCHER(IsEven, "") { return (arg % 2) == 0; }` | Defines a matcher `IsEven()` to match an even number. |
+|:-------------------------------------------------|:------------------------------------------------------|
+| `MATCHER_P(IsDivisibleBy, n, "") { *result_listener << "where the remainder is " << (arg % n); return (arg % n) == 0; }` | Defines a macher `IsDivisibleBy(n)` to match a number divisible by `n`. |
+| `MATCHER_P2(IsBetween, a, b, std::string(negation ? "isn't" : "is") + " between " + PrintToString(a) + " and " + PrintToString(b)) { return a <= arg && arg <= b; }` | Defines a matcher `IsBetween(a, b)` to match a value in the range [`a`, `b`]. |
+
+**Notes:**
+
+  1. The `MATCHER*` macros cannot be used inside a function or class.
+  1. The matcher body must be _purely functional_ (i.e. it cannot have any side effect, and the result must not depend on anything other than the value being matched and the matcher parameters).
+  1. You can use `PrintToString(x)` to convert a value `x` of any type to a string.
+
+## Matchers as Test Assertions ##
+
+|`ASSERT_THAT(expression, m)`|Generates a [fatal failure](../../googletest/docs/Primer.md#assertions) if the value of `expression` doesn't match matcher `m`.|
+|:---------------------------|:----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`EXPECT_THAT(expression, m)`|Generates a non-fatal failure if the value of `expression` doesn't match matcher `m`.                                                          |
+
+# Actions #
+
+**Actions** specify what a mock function should do when invoked.
+
+## Returning a Value ##
+
+|`Return()`|Return from a `void` mock function.|
+|:---------|:----------------------------------|
+|`Return(value)`|Return `value`. If the type of `value` is different to the mock function's return type, `value` is converted to the latter type <i>at the time the expectation is set</i>, not when the action is executed.|
+|`ReturnArg<N>()`|Return the `N`-th (0-based) argument.|
+|`ReturnNew<T>(a1, ..., ak)`|Return `new T(a1, ..., ak)`; a different object is created each time.|
+|`ReturnNull()`|Return a null pointer.             |
+|`ReturnPointee(ptr)`|Return the value pointed to by `ptr`.|
+|`ReturnRef(variable)`|Return a reference to `variable`.  |
+|`ReturnRefOfCopy(value)`|Return a reference to a copy of `value`; the copy lives as long as the action.|
+
+## Side Effects ##
+
+|`Assign(&variable, value)`|Assign `value` to variable.|
+|:-------------------------|:--------------------------|
+| `DeleteArg<N>()`         | Delete the `N`-th (0-based) argument, which must be a pointer. |
+| `SaveArg<N>(pointer)`    | Save the `N`-th (0-based) argument to `*pointer`. |
+| `SaveArgPointee<N>(pointer)` | Save the value pointed to by the `N`-th (0-based) argument to `*pointer`. |
+| `SetArgReferee<N>(value)` |	Assign value to the variable referenced by the `N`-th (0-based) argument. |
+|`SetArgPointee<N>(value)` |Assign `value` to the variable pointed by the `N`-th (0-based) argument.|
+|`SetArgumentPointee<N>(value)`|Same as `SetArgPointee<N>(value)`. Deprecated. Will be removed in v1.7.0.|
+|`SetArrayArgument<N>(first, last)`|Copies the elements in source range [`first`, `last`) to the array pointed to by the `N`-th (0-based) argument, which can be either a pointer or an iterator. The action does not take ownership of the elements in the source range.|
+|`SetErrnoAndReturn(error, value)`|Set `errno` to `error` and return `value`.|
+|`Throw(exception)`        |Throws the given exception, which can be any copyable value. Available since v1.1.0.|
+
+## Using a Function or a Functor as an Action ##
+
+|`Invoke(f)`|Invoke `f` with the arguments passed to the mock function, where `f` can be a global/static function or a functor.|
+|:----------|:-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`Invoke(object_pointer, &class::method)`|Invoke the {method on the object with the arguments passed to the mock function.                                  |
+|`InvokeWithoutArgs(f)`|Invoke `f`, which can be a global/static function or a functor. `f` must take no arguments.                       |
+|`InvokeWithoutArgs(object_pointer, &class::method)`|Invoke the method on the object, which takes no arguments.                                                        |
+|`InvokeArgument<N>(arg1, arg2, ..., argk)`|Invoke the mock function's `N`-th (0-based) argument, which must be a function or a functor, with the `k` arguments.|
+
+The return value of the invoked function is used as the return value
+of the action.
+
+When defining a function or functor to be used with `Invoke*()`, you can declare any unused parameters as `Unused`:
+```
+  double Distance(Unused, double x, double y) { return sqrt(x*x + y*y); }
+  ...
+  EXPECT_CALL(mock, Foo("Hi", _, _)).WillOnce(Invoke(Distance));
+```
+
+In `InvokeArgument<N>(...)`, if an argument needs to be passed by reference, wrap it inside `ByRef()`. For example,
+```
+  InvokeArgument<2>(5, string("Hi"), ByRef(foo))
+```
+calls the mock function's #2 argument, passing to it `5` and `string("Hi")` by value, and `foo` by reference.
+
+## Default Action ##
+
+|`DoDefault()`|Do the default action (specified by `ON_CALL()` or the built-in one).|
+|:------------|:--------------------------------------------------------------------|
+
+**Note:** due to technical reasons, `DoDefault()` cannot be used inside  a composite action - trying to do so will result in a run-time error.
+
+## Composite Actions ##
+
+|`DoAll(a1, a2, ..., an)`|Do all actions `a1` to `an` and return the result of `an` in each invocation. The first `n - 1` sub-actions must return void. |
+|:-----------------------|:-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`IgnoreResult(a)`       |Perform action `a` and ignore its result. `a` must not return void.                                                           |
+|`WithArg<N>(a)`         |Pass the `N`-th (0-based) argument of the mock function to action `a` and perform it.                                         |
+|`WithArgs<N1, N2, ..., Nk>(a)`|Pass the selected (0-based) arguments of the mock function to action `a` and perform it.                                      |
+|`WithoutArgs(a)`        |Perform action `a` without any arguments.                                                                                     |
+
+## Defining Actions ##
+
+| `ACTION(Sum) { return arg0 + arg1; }` | Defines an action `Sum()` to return the sum of the mock function's argument #0 and #1. |
+|:--------------------------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `ACTION_P(Plus, n) { return arg0 + n; }` | Defines an action `Plus(n)` to return the sum of the mock function's argument #0 and `n`. |
+| `ACTION_Pk(Foo, p1, ..., pk) { statements; }` | Defines a parameterized action `Foo(p1, ..., pk)` to execute the given `statements`.   |
+
+The `ACTION*` macros cannot be used inside a function or class.
+
+# Cardinalities #
+
+These are used in `Times()` to specify how many times a mock function will be called:
+
+|`AnyNumber()`|The function can be called any number of times.|
+|:------------|:----------------------------------------------|
+|`AtLeast(n)` |The call is expected at least `n` times.       |
+|`AtMost(n)`  |The call is expected at most `n` times.        |
+|`Between(m, n)`|The call is expected between `m` and `n` (inclusive) times.|
+|`Exactly(n) or n`|The call is expected exactly `n` times. In particular, the call should never happen when `n` is 0.|
+
+# Expectation Order #
+
+By default, the expectations can be matched in _any_ order.  If some
+or all expectations must be matched in a given order, there are two
+ways to specify it.  They can be used either independently or
+together.
+
+## The After Clause ##
+
+```
+using ::testing::Expectation;
+...
+Expectation init_x = EXPECT_CALL(foo, InitX());
+Expectation init_y = EXPECT_CALL(foo, InitY());
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Bar())
+    .After(init_x, init_y);
+```
+says that `Bar()` can be called only after both `InitX()` and
+`InitY()` have been called.
+
+If you don't know how many pre-requisites an expectation has when you
+write it, you can use an `ExpectationSet` to collect them:
+
+```
+using ::testing::ExpectationSet;
+...
+ExpectationSet all_inits;
+for (int i = 0; i < element_count; i++) {
+  all_inits += EXPECT_CALL(foo, InitElement(i));
+}
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Bar())
+    .After(all_inits);
+```
+says that `Bar()` can be called only after all elements have been
+initialized (but we don't care about which elements get initialized
+before the others).
+
+Modifying an `ExpectationSet` after using it in an `.After()` doesn't
+affect the meaning of the `.After()`.
+
+## Sequences ##
+
+When you have a long chain of sequential expectations, it's easier to
+specify the order using **sequences**, which don't require you to given
+each expectation in the chain a different name.  <i>All expected<br>
+calls</i> in the same sequence must occur in the order they are
+specified.
+
+```
+using ::testing::Sequence;
+Sequence s1, s2;
+...
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Reset())
+    .InSequence(s1, s2)
+    .WillOnce(Return(true));
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, GetSize())
+    .InSequence(s1)
+    .WillOnce(Return(1));
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Describe(A<const char*>()))
+    .InSequence(s2)
+    .WillOnce(Return("dummy"));
+```
+says that `Reset()` must be called before _both_ `GetSize()` _and_
+`Describe()`, and the latter two can occur in any order.
+
+To put many expectations in a sequence conveniently:
+```
+using ::testing::InSequence;
+{
+  InSequence dummy;
+
+  EXPECT_CALL(...)...;
+  EXPECT_CALL(...)...;
+  ...
+  EXPECT_CALL(...)...;
+}
+```
+says that all expected calls in the scope of `dummy` must occur in
+strict order. The name `dummy` is irrelevant.)
+
+# Verifying and Resetting a Mock #
+
+Google Mock will verify the expectations on a mock object when it is destructed, or you can do it earlier:
+```
+using ::testing::Mock;
+...
+// Verifies and removes the expectations on mock_obj;
+// returns true iff successful.
+Mock::VerifyAndClearExpectations(&mock_obj);
+...
+// Verifies and removes the expectations on mock_obj;
+// also removes the default actions set by ON_CALL();
+// returns true iff successful.
+Mock::VerifyAndClear(&mock_obj);
+```
+
+You can also tell Google Mock that a mock object can be leaked and doesn't
+need to be verified:
+```
+Mock::AllowLeak(&mock_obj);
+```
+
+# Mock Classes #
+
+Google Mock defines a convenient mock class template
+```
+class MockFunction<R(A1, ..., An)> {
+ public:
+  MOCK_METHODn(Call, R(A1, ..., An));
+};
+```
+See this [recipe](CookBook.md#using-check-points) for one application of it.
+
+# Flags #
+
+| `--gmock_catch_leaked_mocks=0` | Don't report leaked mock objects as failures. |
+|:-------------------------------|:----------------------------------------------|
+| `--gmock_verbose=LEVEL`        | Sets the default verbosity level (`info`, `warning`, or `error`) of Google Mock messages. |

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/docs/DesignDoc.md

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+This page discusses the design of new Google Mock features.
+
+
+
+# Macros for Defining Actions #
+
+## Problem ##
+
+Due to the lack of closures in C++, it currently requires some
+non-trivial effort to define a custom action in Google Mock.  For
+example, suppose you want to "increment the value pointed to by the
+second argument of the mock function and return it", you could write:
+
+```
+int IncrementArg1(Unused, int* p, Unused) {
+  return ++(*p);
+}
+
+... WillOnce(Invoke(IncrementArg1));
+```
+
+There are several things unsatisfactory about this approach:
+
+  * Even though the action only cares about the second argument of the mock function, its definition needs to list other arguments as dummies.  This is tedious.
+  * The defined action is usable only in mock functions that takes exactly 3 arguments - an unnecessary restriction.
+  * To use the action, one has to say `Invoke(IncrementArg1)`, which isn't as nice as `IncrementArg1()`.
+
+The latter two problems can be overcome using `MakePolymorphicAction()`,
+but it requires much more boilerplate code:
+
+```
+class IncrementArg1Action {
+ public:
+  template <typename Result, typename ArgumentTuple>
+  Result Perform(const ArgumentTuple& args) const {
+    return ++(*tr1::get<1>(args));
+  }
+};
+
+PolymorphicAction<IncrementArg1Action> IncrementArg1() {
+  return MakePolymorphicAction(IncrementArg1Action());
+}
+
+... WillOnce(IncrementArg1());
+```
+
+Our goal is to allow defining custom actions with the least amount of
+boiler-plate C++ requires.
+
+## Solution ##
+
+We propose to introduce a new macro:
+```
+ACTION(name) { statements; }
+```
+
+Using this in a namespace scope will define an action with the given
+name that executes the statements.  Inside the statements, you can
+refer to the K-th (0-based) argument of the mock function as `argK`.
+For example:
+```
+ACTION(IncrementArg1) { return ++(*arg1); }
+```
+allows you to write
+```
+... WillOnce(IncrementArg1());
+```
+
+Note that you don't need to specify the types of the mock function
+arguments, as brevity is a top design goal here.  Rest assured that
+your code is still type-safe though: you'll get a compiler error if
+`*arg1` doesn't support the `++` operator, or if the type of
+`++(*arg1)` isn't compatible with the mock function's return type.
+
+Another example:
+```
+ACTION(Foo) {
+  (*arg2)(5);
+  Blah();
+  *arg1 = 0;
+  return arg0;
+}
+```
+defines an action `Foo()` that invokes argument #2 (a function pointer)
+with 5, calls function `Blah()`, sets the value pointed to by argument
+#1 to 0, and returns argument #0.
+
+For more convenience and flexibility, you can also use the following
+pre-defined symbols in the body of `ACTION`:
+
+| `argK_type` | The type of the K-th (0-based) argument of the mock function |
+|:------------|:-------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `args`      | All arguments of the mock function as a tuple                |
+| `args_type` | The type of all arguments of the mock function as a tuple    |
+| `return_type` | The return type of the mock function                         |
+| `function_type` | The type of the mock function                                |
+
+For example, when using an `ACTION` as a stub action for mock function:
+```
+int DoSomething(bool flag, int* ptr);
+```
+we have:
+| **Pre-defined Symbol** | **Is Bound To** |
+|:-----------------------|:----------------|
+| `arg0`                 | the value of `flag` |
+| `arg0_type`            | the type `bool` |
+| `arg1`                 | the value of `ptr` |
+| `arg1_type`            | the type `int*` |
+| `args`                 | the tuple `(flag, ptr)` |
+| `args_type`            | the type `std::tr1::tuple<bool, int*>` |
+| `return_type`          | the type `int`  |
+| `function_type`        | the type `int(bool, int*)` |
+
+## Parameterized actions ##
+
+Sometimes you'll want to parameterize the action.   For that we propose
+another macro
+```
+ACTION_P(name, param) { statements; }
+```
+
+For example,
+```
+ACTION_P(Add, n) { return arg0 + n; }
+```
+will allow you to write
+```
+// Returns argument #0 + 5.
+... WillOnce(Add(5));
+```
+
+For convenience, we use the term _arguments_ for the values used to
+invoke the mock function, and the term _parameters_ for the values
+used to instantiate an action.
+
+Note that you don't need to provide the type of the parameter either.
+Suppose the parameter is named `param`, you can also use the
+Google-Mock-defined symbol `param_type` to refer to the type of the
+parameter as inferred by the compiler.
+
+We will also provide `ACTION_P2`, `ACTION_P3`, and etc to support
+multi-parameter actions.  For example,
+```
+ACTION_P2(ReturnDistanceTo, x, y) {
+  double dx = arg0 - x;
+  double dy = arg1 - y;
+  return sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy);
+}
+```
+lets you write
+```
+... WillOnce(ReturnDistanceTo(5.0, 26.5));
+```
+
+You can view `ACTION` as a degenerated parameterized action where the
+number of parameters is 0.
+
+## Advanced Usages ##
+
+### Overloading Actions ###
+
+You can easily define actions overloaded on the number of parameters:
+```
+ACTION_P(Plus, a) { ... }
+ACTION_P2(Plus, a, b) { ... }
+```
+
+### Restricting the Type of an Argument or Parameter ###
+
+For maximum brevity and reusability, the `ACTION*` macros don't let
+you specify the types of the mock function arguments and the action
+parameters.  Instead, we let the compiler infer the types for us.
+
+Sometimes, however, we may want to be more explicit about the types.
+There are several tricks to do that.  For example:
+```
+ACTION(Foo) {
+  // Makes sure arg0 can be converted to int.
+  int n = arg0;
+  ... use n instead of arg0 here ...
+}
+
+ACTION_P(Bar, param) {
+  // Makes sure the type of arg1 is const char*.
+  ::testing::StaticAssertTypeEq<const char*, arg1_type>();
+
+  // Makes sure param can be converted to bool.
+  bool flag = param;
+}
+```
+where `StaticAssertTypeEq` is a compile-time assertion we plan to add to
+Google Test (the name is chosen to match `static_assert` in C++0x).
+
+### Using the ACTION Object's Type ###
+
+If you are writing a function that returns an `ACTION` object, you'll
+need to know its type.  The type depends on the macro used to define
+the action and the parameter types.  The rule is relatively simple:
+| **Given Definition** | **Expression** | **Has Type** |
+|:---------------------|:---------------|:-------------|
+| `ACTION(Foo)`        | `Foo()`        | `FooAction`  |
+| `ACTION_P(Bar, param)` | `Bar(int_value)` | `BarActionP<int>` |
+| `ACTION_P2(Baz, p1, p2)` | `Baz(bool_value, int_value)` | `BazActionP2<bool, int>` |
+| ...                  | ...            | ...          |
+
+Note that we have to pick different suffixes (`Action`, `ActionP`,
+`ActionP2`, and etc) for actions with different numbers of parameters,
+or the action definitions cannot be overloaded on the number of
+parameters.
+
+## When to Use ##
+
+While the new macros are very convenient, please also consider other
+means of implementing actions (e.g. via `ActionInterface` or
+`MakePolymorphicAction()`), especially if you need to use the defined
+action a lot.  While the other approaches require more work, they give
+you more control on the types of the mock function arguments and the
+action parameters, which in general leads to better compiler error
+messages that pay off in the long run.  They also allow overloading
+actions based on parameter types, as opposed to just the number of
+parameters.
+
+## Related Work ##
+
+As you may have realized, the `ACTION*` macros resemble closures (also
+known as lambda expressions or anonymous functions).  Indeed, both of
+them seek to lower the syntactic overhead for defining a function.
+
+C++0x will support lambdas, but they are not part of C++ right now.
+Some non-standard libraries (most notably BLL or Boost Lambda Library)
+try to alleviate this problem.  However, they are not a good choice
+for defining actions as:
+
+  * They are non-standard and not widely installed.  Google Mock only depends on standard libraries and `tr1::tuple`, which is part of the new C++ standard and comes with gcc 4+.  We want to keep it that way.
+  * They are not trivial to learn.
+  * They will become obsolete when C++0x's lambda feature is widely supported.  We don't want to make our users use a dying library.
+  * Since they are based on operators, they are rather ad hoc: you cannot use statements, and you cannot pass the lambda arguments to a function, for example.
+  * They have subtle semantics that easily confuses new users.  For example, in expression `_1++ + foo++`, `foo` will be incremented only once where the expression is evaluated, while `_1` will be incremented every time the unnamed function is invoked.  This is far from intuitive.
+
+`ACTION*` avoid all these problems.
+
+## Future Improvements ##
+
+There may be a need for composing `ACTION*` definitions (i.e. invoking
+another `ACTION` inside the definition of one `ACTION*`).  We are not
+sure we want it yet, as one can get a similar effect by putting
+`ACTION` definitions in function templates and composing the function
+templates.  We'll revisit this based on user feedback.
+
+The reason we don't allow `ACTION*()` inside a function body is that
+the current C++ standard doesn't allow function-local types to be used
+to instantiate templates.  The upcoming C++0x standard will lift this
+restriction.  Once this feature is widely supported by compilers, we
+can revisit the implementation and add support for using `ACTION*()`
+inside a function.
+
+C++0x will also support lambda expressions.  When they become
+available, we may want to support using lambdas as actions.
+
+# Macros for Defining Matchers #
+
+Once the macros for defining actions are implemented, we plan to do
+the same for matchers:
+
+```
+MATCHER(name) { statements; }
+```
+
+where you can refer to the value being matched as `arg`.  For example,
+given:
+
+```
+MATCHER(IsPositive) { return arg > 0; }
+```
+
+you can use `IsPositive()` as a matcher that matches a value iff it is
+greater than 0.
+
+We will also add `MATCHER_P`, `MATCHER_P2`, and etc for parameterized
+matchers.

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/docs/DevGuide.md

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+
+
+If you are interested in understanding the internals of Google Mock,
+building from source, or contributing ideas or modifications to the
+project, then this document is for you.
+
+# Introduction #
+
+First, let's give you some background of the project.
+
+## Licensing ##
+
+All Google Mock source and pre-built packages are provided under the [New BSD License](http://www.opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php).
+
+## The Google Mock Community ##
+
+The Google Mock community exists primarily through the [discussion group](http://groups.google.com/group/googlemock), the
+[issue tracker](https://github.com/google/googletest/issues) and, to a lesser extent, the [source control repository](../). You are definitely encouraged to contribute to the
+discussion and you can also help us to keep the effectiveness of the
+group high by following and promoting the guidelines listed here.
+
+### Please Be Friendly ###
+
+Showing courtesy and respect to others is a vital part of the Google
+culture, and we strongly encourage everyone participating in Google
+Mock development to join us in accepting nothing less. Of course,
+being courteous is not the same as failing to constructively disagree
+with each other, but it does mean that we should be respectful of each
+other when enumerating the 42 technical reasons that a particular
+proposal may not be the best choice. There's never a reason to be
+antagonistic or dismissive toward anyone who is sincerely trying to
+contribute to a discussion.
+
+Sure, C++ testing is serious business and all that, but it's also
+a lot of fun. Let's keep it that way. Let's strive to be one of the
+friendliest communities in all of open source.
+
+### Where to Discuss Google Mock ###
+
+As always, discuss Google Mock in the official [Google C++ Mocking Framework discussion group](http://groups.google.com/group/googlemock).  You don't have to actually submit
+code in order to sign up. Your participation itself is a valuable
+contribution.
+
+# Working with the Code #
+
+If you want to get your hands dirty with the code inside Google Mock,
+this is the section for you.
+
+## Checking Out the Source from Subversion ##
+
+Checking out the Google Mock source is most useful if you plan to
+tweak it yourself.  You check out the source for Google Mock using a
+[Subversion](http://subversion.tigris.org/) client as you would for any
+other project hosted on Google Code.  Please see the instruction on
+the [source code access page](../) for how to do it.
+
+## Compiling from Source ##
+
+Once you check out the code, you can find instructions on how to
+compile it in the [README](../README.md) file.
+
+## Testing ##
+
+A mocking framework is of no good if itself is not thoroughly tested.
+Tests should be written for any new code, and changes should be
+verified to not break existing tests before they are submitted for
+review. To perform the tests, follow the instructions in [README](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/source/browse/trunk/README) and
+verify that there are no failures.
+
+# Contributing Code #
+
+We are excited that Google Mock is now open source, and hope to get
+great patches from the community. Before you fire up your favorite IDE
+and begin hammering away at that new feature, though, please take the
+time to read this section and understand the process. While it seems
+rigorous, we want to keep a high standard of quality in the code
+base.
+
+## Contributor License Agreements ##
+
+You must sign a Contributor License Agreement (CLA) before we can
+accept any code.  The CLA protects you and us.
+
+  * If you are an individual writing original source code and you're sure you own the intellectual property, then you'll need to sign an [individual CLA](http://code.google.com/legal/individual-cla-v1.0.html).
+  * If you work for a company that wants to allow you to contribute your work to Google Mock, then you'll need to sign a [corporate CLA](http://code.google.com/legal/corporate-cla-v1.0.html).
+
+Follow either of the two links above to access the appropriate CLA and
+instructions for how to sign and return it.
+
+## Coding Style ##
+
+To keep the source consistent, readable, diffable and easy to merge,
+we use a fairly rigid coding style, as defined by the [google-styleguide](https://github.com/google/styleguide) project.  All patches will be expected
+to conform to the style outlined [here](https://github.com/google/styleguide/blob/gh-pages/cppguide.xml).
+
+## Submitting Patches ##
+
+Please do submit code. Here's what you need to do:
+
+  1. Normally you should make your change against the SVN trunk instead of a branch or a tag, as the latter two are for release control and should be treated mostly as read-only.
+  1. Decide which code you want to submit. A submission should be a set of changes that addresses one issue in the [Google Mock issue tracker](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/issues/list). Please don't mix more than one logical change per submittal, because it makes the history hard to follow. If you want to make a change that doesn't have a corresponding issue in the issue tracker, please create one.
+  1. Also, coordinate with team members that are listed on the issue in question. This ensures that work isn't being duplicated and communicating your plan early also generally leads to better patches.
+  1. Ensure that your code adheres to the [Google Mock source code style](#Coding_Style.md).
+  1. Ensure that there are unit tests for your code.
+  1. Sign a Contributor License Agreement.
+  1. Create a patch file using `svn diff`.
+  1. We use [Rietveld](http://codereview.appspot.com/) to do web-based code reviews.  You can read about the tool [here](https://github.com/rietveld-codereview/rietveld/wiki).  When you are ready, upload your patch via Rietveld and notify `googlemock@googlegroups.com` to review it.  There are several ways to upload the patch.  We recommend using the [upload\_gmock.py](../scripts/upload_gmock.py) script, which you can find in the `scripts/` folder in the SVN trunk.
+
+## Google Mock Committers ##
+
+The current members of the Google Mock engineering team are the only
+committers at present. In the great tradition of eating one's own
+dogfood, we will be requiring each new Google Mock engineering team
+member to earn the right to become a committer by following the
+procedures in this document, writing consistently great code, and
+demonstrating repeatedly that he or she truly gets the zen of Google
+Mock.
+
+# Release Process #
+
+We follow the typical release process for Subversion-based projects:
+
+  1. A release branch named `release-X.Y` is created.
+  1. Bugs are fixed and features are added in trunk; those individual patches are merged into the release branch until it's stable.
+  1. An individual point release (the `Z` in `X.Y.Z`) is made by creating a tag from the branch.
+  1. Repeat steps 2 and 3 throughout one release cycle (as determined by features or time).
+  1. Go back to step 1 to create another release branch and so on.
+
+
+---
+
+This page is based on the [Making GWT Better](http://code.google.com/webtoolkit/makinggwtbetter.html) guide from the [Google Web Toolkit](http://code.google.com/webtoolkit/) project.  Except as otherwise [noted](http://code.google.com/policies.html#restrictions), the content of this page is licensed under the [Creative Commons Attribution 2.5 License](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.5/).